IIT-JEE 2010 - Career Point
IIT-JEE 2010 - Career Point IIT-JEE 2010 - Career Point
- Page 3 and 4: Volume - 5 Issue - 6 December, 2009
- Page 5 and 6: Volume-5 Issue-6 December, 2009 (Mo
- Page 7 and 8: vehicle is equipped with high end s
- Page 9 and 10: The IITs have till now been unable
- Page 11 and 12: XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 9 DECEMBER 200
- Page 13 and 14: (a) Find the number of moles of the
- Page 15 and 16: Sol. In the saturated solution of A
- Page 17 and 18: a+ which is identical in all respec
- Page 19 and 20: Putting x = b in (i), we get y = a
- Page 21 and 22: Passage # 3 (Ques. 6 to 8) Behaviou
- Page 23 and 24: = 3 ω (b 2 - a 2 ) = 4π 3 ω (b -
- Page 25 and 26: 2. Show that the temperature of a p
- Page 27 and 28: Hence, equation (iii) becomes µ
- Page 29 and 30: Object v v m 2v m +v Image (c) Numb
- Page 31 and 32: Sol. The image formation is shown i
- Page 33 and 34: tension of a liquid depends on temp
- Page 35 and 36: Therefore, buoyant force 10 F b =
- Page 37 and 38: Now, since alkyl groups are electro
- Page 39 and 40: CAREER POINT’ s Correspondence &
- Page 41 and 42: XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 39 DECEMBER 20
- Page 43 and 44: As the reaction event proceeds, A a
- Page 45 and 46: 2HNO 2 + 2HI ⎯→ I 2 + 2H 2 O +
- Page 47 and 48: `tà{xÅtà|vtÄ V{tÄÄxÇzxá Set
- Page 49 and 50: ⎛ π π ⎞ 4. As |f(x)| ≤ |tan
- Page 51 and 52: MATHS Students' Forum Expert’s So
Volume - 5 Issue - 6<br />
December, 2009 (Monthly Magazine)<br />
Editorial / Mailing Office :<br />
112-B, Shakti Nagar, Kota (Raj.) 324009<br />
Tel. : 0744-2500492, 2500692, 3040000<br />
e-mail : xtraedge@gmail.com<br />
Editor :<br />
Pramod Maheshwari<br />
[B.Tech. <strong>IIT</strong>-Delhi]<br />
Analyst & Correspondent<br />
Mr. Ajay Jain<br />
Cover Design & Layout<br />
Mohammed Rafiq<br />
Om Gocher, Govind Saini<br />
Circulation & Advertisement<br />
Ankesh Jain, Praveen Chandna<br />
Ph (0744)- 3040007, 9001799502<br />
Subscription<br />
Sudha Jaisingh Ph. 0744-2500492, 2500692<br />
© Strictly reserved with the publishers<br />
• No Portion of the magazine can be<br />
published/ reproduced without the written<br />
permission of the publisher<br />
• All disputes are subject to the exclusive<br />
jurisdiction of the Kota Courts only.<br />
Every effort has been made to avoid errors or<br />
omission in this publication. In spite of this, errors<br />
are possible. Any mistake, error or discrepancy<br />
noted may be brought to our notice which shall be<br />
taken care of in the forthcoming edition, hence any<br />
suggestion is welcome. It is notified that neither the<br />
publisher nor the author or seller will be<br />
responsible for any damage or loss of action to any<br />
one, of any kind, in any manner, there from.<br />
Unit Price Rs. 20/-<br />
Special Subscription Rates<br />
6 issues : Rs. 100 /- [One issue free ]<br />
12 issues : Rs. 200 /- [Two issues free]<br />
24 issues : Rs. 400 /- [Four issues free]<br />
Owned & Published by Pramod Maheshwari,<br />
112, Shakti Nagar, Dadabari, Kota & Printed<br />
by Naval Maheshwari, Published & Printed at<br />
112, Shakti Nagar, Dadabari, Kota.<br />
Editor : Pramod Maheshwari<br />
Dear Students,<br />
All of us want to get organized. The first thing in getting organized is to<br />
find our obstacles and conquer them. Make a beginning by conquering<br />
obstacles for starting in right earnest.<br />
Sometimes the quest for perfectionism holds us back. We occasionally<br />
feel that we should start when we have enough time to do a job<br />
thoroughly. One way to tackle this kind of mindset is to choose<br />
smaller projects or parts of projects that can be completed within 15<br />
minutes to one hour or less. It is important to keep yourself<br />
motivated. Approach your projects as something which are going to<br />
give you pleasure and fun. Reward yourself for all that you accomplish<br />
no matter how small they may be. Never hesitate to ask for help from<br />
a friend. Make all efforts to keep your motivational level high. You<br />
might feel overwhelmed because you are focusing on every trivial thing<br />
that needs to be got done.<br />
How do you act or react to your life? When you are merely reacting<br />
to events in your life, you are putting yourself in a weak position. You<br />
are only waiting for things to happen in order to take the next step in<br />
your life. On the other hand when you are enthusiastic about your<br />
happiness you facilitate great things to happen. It is always better to act<br />
from a position of power. Never be a passive victim of life. Be<br />
someone who steers his life in exactly the direction he wants it to go.<br />
It is all upto you now.<br />
If you do what you have always done and in the way you have done it<br />
you shall get only such results which you have always got. Getting<br />
organized requires that not doing things that cause clutter, waste of<br />
time and hurt your chances adversely of realizing your goals. You<br />
should concentrate only on doing things that eliminate clutter, waste of<br />
times and hurt your chances adversely of realizing your goals. You<br />
should concentrate only on doing things that eliminate clutter, increase<br />
your productivity and provide the best chance for achieving your goals.<br />
The first step should be to stop leaving papers and other things on<br />
tables, desks, counter tops and in all kind of odd place. The more<br />
things you leave around in places other than rightful places the quicker<br />
the clutter will accumulate. Keep things in their assigned places after<br />
you have finished using them. It does not take along to put something<br />
away. If you leave things lying around they will build into a mountain of<br />
clutter. It could take hours if not weeks or months to trace them and<br />
declutter the atmosphere.<br />
Presenting forever positive ideas to your success.<br />
Yours truly<br />
Pramod Maheshwari,<br />
B.Tech., <strong>IIT</strong> Delhi<br />
If you can't make a mistake,<br />
you can't make anything.<br />
Editorial<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 1 DECEMBER 2009
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 2 DECEMBER 2009
Volume-5 Issue-6<br />
December, 2009 (Monthly Magazine)<br />
NEXT MONTHS ATTRACTIONS<br />
Key Concepts & Problem Solving strategy for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong>.<br />
INDEX<br />
CONTENTS<br />
Regulars ..........<br />
PAGE<br />
Know <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> With 15 Best Questions of <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong><br />
Challenging Problems in Physics, Chemistry & Maths<br />
Much more <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> News.<br />
Xtra Edge Test Series for <strong>JEE</strong>-<strong>2010</strong> & 2011<br />
NEWS ARTICLE 4<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>-Jodhpur to begin functioning from<br />
February - March <strong>2010</strong><br />
<strong>IIT</strong>-K students develop autonomous vehicle<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>ian ON THE PATH OF SUCCESS 8<br />
Dr. Rajeewa Arya<br />
KNOW <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 10<br />
Previous <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> Question<br />
Study Time........<br />
S<br />
Success Tips for the Month<br />
• The greatest adventure is what lies ahead.<br />
• Fixers believe they can fix. Complainers<br />
believe they can complain. They are both<br />
right.<br />
• The tire model for motivation: People<br />
work best at the right pressure.<br />
• Trust the force, Luke.<br />
• Use your feelings or your feelings will use<br />
you.<br />
• People who expect to fail are usually right.<br />
• The path to success is paved with<br />
mistakes.<br />
• You've got to cross that lonesome valley.<br />
You've got to cross it by yourself.<br />
• Appreciate what your brain does. In case<br />
nobody else does.<br />
• Learn to mock the woe-mongers.<br />
• Be confident. Even if you are not, pretend<br />
to be. No one can tell the difference.<br />
DYNAMIC PHYSICS 18<br />
8-Challenging Problems [Set# 8]<br />
Students’ Forum<br />
Physics Fundamentals<br />
Reflection at plane & curved surfaces<br />
Fluid Mechanics<br />
CATALYST CHEMISTRY 35<br />
Key Concept<br />
Carboxylic Acid<br />
Chemical Kinetics<br />
Understanding : Inorganic Chemistry<br />
DICEY MATHS 46<br />
Mathematical Challenges<br />
Students’ Forum<br />
Key Concept<br />
Monotonicity, Maxima & Minima<br />
Function<br />
Test Time ..........<br />
XTRAEDGE TEST SERIES 58<br />
Class XII – <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> <strong>2010</strong> Paper<br />
Class XII – <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 2011 Paper<br />
Mock Test CBSE Pattern Paper -1 [Class # XII]<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 3 DECEMBER 2009
<strong>IIT</strong>-Jodhpur to begin<br />
functioning from February<br />
- March <strong>2010</strong><br />
Indian Institute of Technology in<br />
Rajasthan is all set to begin<br />
functioning from the MBM<br />
Engineering College, here from<br />
next academic session<br />
commencing in February-March<br />
<strong>2010</strong>.<br />
The decision to this effect was<br />
made after the visit of a central<br />
team headed by additional<br />
secretary, ministry of Human<br />
Resource Development, Ashok<br />
Thakur during recent visit to<br />
different sites, which included the<br />
sites proposed for the<br />
construction of the <strong>IIT</strong>-Jodhpur<br />
and the existing engineering<br />
college of the city.<br />
So, if everything goes well, the<br />
next session of <strong>IIT</strong>-J, which is<br />
presently being run from the <strong>IIT</strong>-<br />
Kanpur campus, will start<br />
functioning from the campus of<br />
this college here.<br />
Thakur, who himself approved the<br />
MBM college during a visit on<br />
Saturday, said, "The final decision<br />
is to be taken by the ministry, to<br />
whom we will submit the report<br />
in a 2-3 days."<br />
Agarwal, who was quite ecstatic<br />
following the visit of the team,<br />
expressed hope that the next<br />
session of the <strong>IIT</strong> will start here<br />
from February–March <strong>2010</strong>.<br />
He added that the new building of<br />
the <strong>IIT</strong> will take atleast 2-3 years,<br />
but owing to repeated reminders<br />
by <strong>IIT</strong>-Kanpur citing its inability to<br />
continue running the session of<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>-J from its own campus, there is<br />
a growing pressure to shift it to<br />
Jodhpur.<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>-K students develop<br />
autonomous vehicle<br />
True to its reputation of being<br />
ahead in technological<br />
developments, the Indian Institute<br />
of Technology, Kanpur, in<br />
collaboration with the Boeing<br />
Company is all set to unveil a new<br />
autonomous vehicle `Abhyast' as<br />
part of its Golden Jubilee<br />
celebrations.<br />
Prof Shantanu Bhattacharya,<br />
faculty in mechanical engineering<br />
department of <strong>IIT</strong>-K and coordinator<br />
of the project, while<br />
talking to TOI said, "The vehicle<br />
will set new landmarks in terms of<br />
applied robotics research. Besides<br />
being unique, it will probably be<br />
one of its kind in India. Such<br />
vehicles play important role in<br />
defence applications and disaster<br />
management plans." He added that<br />
quite a few modules of such<br />
vehicles have already been<br />
developed by the United States<br />
and some other countries. But,<br />
India has so far not produced<br />
vehicles of this nature.<br />
Further, Prof Bhattacharya<br />
informed, `Abhyast' will serve as a<br />
first running prototype for such<br />
vehicles in the country. "It has a<br />
very small footprint -- 30x30x15<br />
cm -- and thus it can be easily<br />
carried by soldiers and relief<br />
workers for disaster management<br />
operations. This technology was<br />
widely used by the US in<br />
investigating the World Trade<br />
Centre attack as well as in the war<br />
zones of Afghanistan and Iraq," he<br />
added.<br />
Earlier this year, as a part of its<br />
University relations programme,<br />
Boeing decided to actively<br />
collaborate with <strong>IIT</strong>-K to foster<br />
research and innovation among<br />
undergraduate students. As part of<br />
this endeavour, eight students of<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>-K -- Abhilash Jindal, Ankur Jain,<br />
Faiz Ahmed, Gaurav Dhama,<br />
Palash Soni, Shishir Pandya and<br />
Sriram Ganesan -- were selected<br />
by Prof Bhattacharya to work on<br />
the project. "My role was mainly<br />
confined to that of a mentor.<br />
`Abhyast' in fact the result of<br />
students' labour and skills and<br />
should serve as an inspiration for<br />
other students," said a beaming<br />
Prof Bhattacharya.<br />
`Abhyast' is a fully autonomous<br />
vehicle capable of navigating in<br />
unstructured and unknown<br />
environments. The user needs to<br />
specify only the end coordinates<br />
where he wants the vehicle to<br />
reach, and the task of reaching<br />
there would be taken by the<br />
vehicle itself, requiring no<br />
intervention by the user. The<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 4 DECEMBER 2009
vehicle is equipped with high end<br />
sensors like GPS, IMU and<br />
SONARS to navigate and avoid<br />
obstacles in its vicinity. The vehicle<br />
has a tank like chassis design that<br />
allows it to move even on uneven<br />
and slippery terrain, thus making it<br />
a robust vehicle for warlike and<br />
other disastrous situations.<br />
<strong>IIT</strong> forecast system for<br />
Oman, Maldives<br />
Ocean State Forecasting System<br />
(OSFS), a technology developed by<br />
Indian Institute of Technology,<br />
Kharagpur, will now be adopted<br />
by Oman and Maldives. The<br />
World Meteorological Organisation<br />
(WMO) feels that OSFS should be<br />
immediately adopted by other<br />
nations that have sea coasts.<br />
The system, that will continuously<br />
measure height, direction and<br />
period of waves, will help shipping<br />
and navigation.<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>-Kgp was given the prestigious<br />
project jointly by the union<br />
ministry of ocean development<br />
and the department of science and<br />
technology.<br />
It was headed by the institute's<br />
former director, S K Dubey.<br />
The model was developed by the<br />
department of ocean engineering<br />
and naval architecture. It was<br />
completed about a year ago and<br />
handed over to the India<br />
Meteorological Department by the<br />
institute for adoption. Dubey is<br />
presently in <strong>IIT</strong> Delhi to<br />
coordinate the project.<br />
"WMO was so impressed that it<br />
immediately referred the<br />
technology to all the coastal<br />
nations. But it cannot be<br />
transferred without proper<br />
training to end users, so we will<br />
be training meteorologists from<br />
other countries in batches. This<br />
will start with Oman and Maldives.<br />
Their scientists will be on the<br />
campus for an intensive training,"<br />
Dubey said.<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>s come up with their RTI<br />
'shield'<br />
Stung by the exposure of<br />
admission anomalies in recent<br />
years, the <strong>IIT</strong> system has come up<br />
with an innovative method of<br />
blocking transparency even as it<br />
agreed to give data under RTI on<br />
the marks obtained by the four<br />
lakh candidates in this year’s joint<br />
entrance examination (<strong>JEE</strong>). It<br />
insisted on giving the data only in<br />
the hard copy running into<br />
hundreds of thousands of pages<br />
rather than in the more<br />
convenient form of a CD.<br />
The information seeker, Rajeev<br />
Kumar, a computer science<br />
professor in <strong>IIT</strong> Kharagpur, is<br />
crying foul. For, the hard copy<br />
would not only result in a steep<br />
increase in the cost of information<br />
(running into six figures) but also<br />
make it almost impossible for him<br />
to detect irregularities in the latest<br />
<strong>JEE</strong> as he did in the three previous<br />
ones by analyzing the electronic<br />
data that had then by given to him<br />
under RTI.<br />
As a result of this change in the<br />
strategy of the <strong>IIT</strong> system, central<br />
information commissioner Shailesh<br />
Gandhi fixed a hearing for<br />
November 6 specially to resolve<br />
this soft vs hard debate. The<br />
hearing follows the unusual<br />
reasons given by Gautam Barua,<br />
director of <strong>IIT</strong> Guwahati and<br />
overall in-charge of <strong>JEE</strong> 2009, for<br />
his failure to comply with the<br />
CIC’s disclosure direction passed<br />
on July 30.<br />
In his first mail to CIC on October<br />
2, Barua said that as there were a<br />
number of RTI applications<br />
seeking the CD, “we are<br />
apprehensive that this request for<br />
electronic data is to profit from it<br />
by using it for <strong>IIT</strong> <strong>JEE</strong> coaching<br />
purposes (planning, targeting<br />
particular cities, population<br />
segments, etc).”<br />
The reference to the coaching<br />
institutes is reminiscent of the<br />
recent controversy over the move<br />
to raise the bar on 12th class<br />
marks to be eligible for <strong>IIT</strong><br />
selection.<br />
Asserting that <strong>IIT</strong>s had “nothing to<br />
hide regarding the results”, Barua<br />
said, “We are ready to show the<br />
running of the software with the<br />
original data to the CIC, if it so<br />
desires.”<br />
As a corollary, Barua made an<br />
issue of the fact that Kumar “has<br />
not asked to see the data, but he<br />
wants an electronic version<br />
delivered to him. Why is this so?”<br />
Kumar responded to that by<br />
pointing out that the irregularities<br />
he had uncovered in the <strong>JEE</strong> of the<br />
previous three years was on the<br />
basis of “compute intensive<br />
scientific calculations and analysis,<br />
which could not have been done<br />
just by looking at the data.”<br />
Barua’s explanation in his<br />
subsequent mail on October 3 is:<br />
“By seeing, I meant that the<br />
appellant could come to <strong>IIT</strong><br />
Guwahati and view the data, see<br />
the software being run, etc.” He<br />
added that if this option was<br />
unacceptable to CIC, “we will<br />
wish to provide the data in hard<br />
copy form, the costs of printing<br />
having to be borne by the<br />
appellant.”<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 5 DECEMBER 2009
If Kumar is pressing that the data<br />
be given to him “in the form in<br />
which it is originally available”, it is<br />
because the access to the<br />
electronic data of the previous<br />
three years helped him unearth,<br />
for instance, the shocking fact that<br />
general category candidates got<br />
into <strong>IIT</strong>s after scoring in <strong>JEE</strong> as<br />
little as little as 5% in Physics and<br />
6% in Mathematics.<br />
Kerala seeks second <strong>IIT</strong><br />
report on record<br />
Kerala has filed an application in<br />
the apex court urging it to take on<br />
record the second part of the<br />
report titled Seismic Stability of<br />
Mullaiperiyar Composite Dam,<br />
submitted by D K Paul, Professor<br />
of earthquake engineering<br />
department, Indian Institute of<br />
Technology, Roorkee.<br />
The first part of the report<br />
Structural Stability of Mullaiperiyar<br />
Dam Considering Seismic Effects<br />
— Part I — Seismic Hazard<br />
Assessment was submitted by <strong>IIT</strong>-<br />
Roorkee in May 2008. The said<br />
report is already before the apex<br />
court, it averred.<br />
Kerala would like to file the<br />
second part of the report in<br />
support of its argument that<br />
Mullaiperiyar dam is not safe for<br />
storage, the application stated.<br />
The report stated that the<br />
earthquake safety of old concrete<br />
or masonry gravity dams under<br />
moderate to strong ground<br />
motions is of great concern.<br />
Although there is no evidence of<br />
catastrophic failure of gravity<br />
dams, yet the possibility of tensile<br />
cracking is never ruled out.<br />
The finite element analysis of dam<br />
subjected to static and seismic<br />
loading shows tensile stresses at<br />
the heel of dam-foundation<br />
interface, the report indicated.<br />
“The Mullaiperiyar dam is a<br />
composite gravity dam built during<br />
1887-1895. The front and rear<br />
faces of the dam were built with<br />
un-coursed rubble masonry in<br />
lime surkhi mortar. The hearting is<br />
constructed of lime surkhi<br />
concrete. It lies in seismic zone III<br />
as per seismic zoning map of India.<br />
The 176 feet-high composite<br />
gravity dam is now over 114 years<br />
old,” the report went on to say.<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>s want to be accredited<br />
by statutory body<br />
As the government wants to make<br />
accreditation mandatory for all<br />
institutions, the <strong>IIT</strong>s have said they<br />
would like to be accredited by a<br />
statutory body and not by the<br />
National Board of Accreditation<br />
(NBA).<br />
The <strong>IIT</strong> directors have told the<br />
government that they have no<br />
objection to accreditation of the<br />
institutes, but insisted that the<br />
accreditation agency should be a<br />
statutory and autonomous<br />
organisation.<br />
They expressed these views at the<br />
meeting of the <strong>IIT</strong> Council, the<br />
highest decision making body for<br />
the <strong>IIT</strong>s, held here last month.<br />
HRD Minister Kapil Sibal, who is<br />
the chairman of the council, told<br />
them that the government would<br />
set up an accreditation agency by<br />
introducing a bill in the Parliament<br />
soon.<br />
"The directors said the<br />
accreditation should be conducted<br />
by a statutory body<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>s told to reveal<br />
candidate details<br />
The Central Information<br />
Commission has ordered the <strong>IIT</strong>s<br />
to disclose most details of<br />
candidates who sat the 2009<br />
entrance examination, rejecting<br />
the institutes’ argument that<br />
revealing candidates’ names would<br />
be a breach of their privacy.<br />
India’s apex watchdog for the<br />
Right to Information Act has<br />
ordered the <strong>IIT</strong>s to reveal the<br />
names, addresses, pin codes and<br />
marks of all students who<br />
appeared in the Joint Entrance<br />
Examination this year.<br />
In its November 6 order, the<br />
commission asked <strong>IIT</strong> Guwahati,<br />
the chief organiser among the <strong>IIT</strong>s<br />
of the 2009 examination, to<br />
disclose by November 25 the<br />
information sought by the<br />
appellant.<br />
The order follows efforts by the<br />
<strong>IIT</strong> to withhold information on<br />
candidates who appeared in the<br />
2009 <strong>JEE</strong> despite earlier orders<br />
mandating the release of similar<br />
data on <strong>IIT</strong> candidates over the<br />
past three years.<br />
The order is significant because a<br />
similar disclosure in 2006 revealed<br />
discrepancies between cutoff<br />
marks used by the <strong>IIT</strong>s that year<br />
and the cutoffs arrived at by using<br />
the formula the institutes claimed<br />
to have used.<br />
At least 994 students, who cleared<br />
the cutoffs arrived at by using the<br />
formula the <strong>IIT</strong>s claimed to have<br />
used, were denied admission<br />
because the institutes used<br />
different cutoffs.<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 6 DECEMBER 2009
The <strong>IIT</strong>s have till now been unable<br />
to explain how they arrived at the<br />
cutoffs — by using the formula<br />
they claim to have used.<br />
The appellant in the 2009 case is<br />
the parent of a student who<br />
appeared in the controversial<br />
2006 examination and is trying to<br />
use the RTI Act to ensure that the<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>s do not repeat their errors.<br />
The <strong>IIT</strong>s, in the 2009 case, argued<br />
that the release of candidate<br />
details sought by the appellant<br />
could compromise the privacy of<br />
these candidates.<br />
The appellant had sought the<br />
registration numbers, names,<br />
gender, parents’ names, pin codes<br />
and marks in physics, chemistry<br />
and mathematics of all students<br />
who appeared in the 2009<br />
examination.<br />
The appellant has expressed<br />
concern that the <strong>IIT</strong>s may be<br />
admitting the children of institute<br />
administrators or certain faculty<br />
members despite poor marks, and<br />
has argued that details he has<br />
sought would help clarify his<br />
doubts.<br />
The commission, in its order, has<br />
argued that while providing email<br />
addresses and mobile phone<br />
numbers of candidates would<br />
constitute a violation of privacy,<br />
merely disclosing their names and<br />
addresses would not.<br />
Open source software<br />
needs marketing<br />
PUNE: There is a need for greater<br />
promotion of the use of open<br />
source software for information<br />
and communication technology<br />
(ICT)-based teaching and learning.<br />
Professor Kannan M Moudgalya of<br />
the Indian Institute of Technology,<br />
Bombay (<strong>IIT</strong>-B), highlighted this on<br />
Monday. Moudgalya, who heads<br />
the Centre for Distance<br />
Engineering Education Programme<br />
(CDEEP) at the <strong>IIT</strong>, was delivering<br />
the keynote address at the launch<br />
of k<strong>Point</strong>, a software solution for<br />
interactive learning and training.<br />
k<strong>Point</strong>, developed by city-based<br />
Great Software Laboratory (GSL),<br />
was launched by noted computer<br />
expert Vijay Bhatkar, creator of<br />
India's Param series of<br />
supercomputers. Heads and<br />
professionals from leading IT<br />
companies as well as principals of<br />
engineering institutions were<br />
present at the occasion.<br />
Open source software refers to<br />
computer software provided<br />
under a license that is in the public<br />
domain. "Open source software<br />
has a distinct cost advantage over<br />
the expensive commercial<br />
software packages. However, a<br />
considerable marketing effort is<br />
required to secure a greater and<br />
wider audience of students for<br />
courses transmitted live using ICT<br />
tools based on open source<br />
software," Moudgalya said.<br />
"Open source software is often<br />
sufficient in most distance<br />
education programmes, except for<br />
some niche academic segments.<br />
However, academic institutions<br />
don't train students in using good<br />
open source software," he further<br />
stated.<br />
Moudgalya gave an overview of<br />
the CDEEP's involvement in the<br />
Talk to teacher' programme,<br />
which is funded by the Union<br />
human resource development<br />
ministry and aims to train students<br />
as well as teachers in higher<br />
education. <strong>IIT</strong>-B started<br />
disseminating its courses live on<br />
the internet nearly a decade ago.<br />
For the last two years, he stated,<br />
the CDEEP has been using the<br />
education satellite Edusat,<br />
provided by the Indian Space<br />
Research Organisation, and has<br />
raised a network of 75 centres for<br />
transmission of live courses.<br />
In his brief address, Bhatkar made<br />
out a strong case for Indian ICT<br />
professionals acknowledging and<br />
adopting technologies and<br />
innovations<br />
developed<br />
indigenously.<br />
Sunil Gaitonde, chief executive of<br />
GSL, said, "Technology must<br />
bridge the gap between the<br />
growing number of learners and<br />
lesser number of teachers. The<br />
prevailing knowledge economy<br />
needs highly skilled workers and<br />
the existing faculty crunch can be<br />
tackled only through apt use of<br />
technology."<br />
Gaitonde said: "Factors like<br />
grassroots videos, collaborations,<br />
mobile broadband, data mash-ups,<br />
collective intelligence and social<br />
operating systems are bound to<br />
make a sea change in the way<br />
education is delivered."<br />
College of Engineering, Pune<br />
(CoEP) principal Anil<br />
Sahasrabudhe, Vishwakarma<br />
Institute of Technology<br />
principal Hemant Abhyankar,<br />
Persistent Systems chief<br />
Anand Deshpande and founder-<br />
CEO of music education<br />
web portal ShadjaMadhyam,<br />
Nandu Kulkarni, were<br />
among those present at the<br />
event.<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 7 DECEMBER 2009
Success Story<br />
This article contains story of a person who get succeed after graduation from different <strong>IIT</strong>'s<br />
Dr. Rajeewa Arya<br />
B.E., M.E.(<strong>IIT</strong> – Kanpur)<br />
Chief Executive Officer, Moser Bear (I), Ltd.<br />
Dr. Rajeewa (Rajiv) Arya, M. Tech., Ph. D is presently<br />
the Chief Executive Officer l at Moserbaer Photovoltaic<br />
(MBPV) in New Delhi, India. He was previously the COO<br />
& CTO for the Thin Film Vertical. He joined MBPV as a<br />
Senior Vice-President & CTO (Thin Film) in September,<br />
2007. and Electrical Engineers (IEEE) and the Materials<br />
Research Society (MRS). Prior to that Dr. Arya was a<br />
founder, Vice-President and CTO at Optisolar (previously<br />
called Gen3Solar) in Hayward, California. Before founding<br />
Gen3solar, he was the Director of Oregon Renewable<br />
Energy Center (OREC), an academic/research center at<br />
the Oregon Institute of Technology (OIT).<br />
Dr. Arya launched Arya International, Inc., a Solar<br />
Technology and Business Consulting firm, in 2003. Prior<br />
to that Dr. Arya worked at Solarex/ BPSolar for 19 years<br />
in various capacities, from Scientist to Executive Director,<br />
thin-film technology.<br />
He has over 25 years experience in thin-film solar cells<br />
and modules. His R&D activities have centered on<br />
material and device aspects of three types of thin-film<br />
solar cells and modules – amorphous silicon, copperindium-diselenide,<br />
and cadmium telluride. His work<br />
includes product design, process scale-up, process<br />
transfer, piloting and start-up of a thin-film solar module<br />
plant. He has maintained a professional interest in many<br />
aspects of renewable energy components and systems.<br />
Dr. Arya holds a Masters of Science degree in Solid-State<br />
Physics from Jadavpur University, Calcutta, India and a<br />
Master of Technology degree in Material Science from the<br />
Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur, India. He obtained<br />
his Ph.D. in Engineering from Brown University, Rhode<br />
Island, in 1983. He has extensive management training in<br />
Total Quality Management, Finance, Project management,<br />
and Technology Innovation Management.<br />
Dr. Arya has authored and co-authored over 100<br />
technical papers and holds 6 U.S. Patents. He is the<br />
recipient of the “Outstanding Paper Award” at the 7th<br />
PVSEC, the “Team of the Year” award from Solarex<br />
Quality Process, and his group received an R&D 100<br />
award for the Power view Product. He chaired the<br />
Program Committee for the 29th IEEE Photovoltaic<br />
Specialists Conference in 2002. He is a member of the<br />
Institute of Electronics.<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 8 DECEMBER 2009
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 9 DECEMBER 2009
KNOW <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong><br />
By Previous Exam Questions<br />
PHYSICS<br />
1. A circular disc with a groove along its diameter is<br />
placed horizontally on a rough surface. A block of<br />
mass 1 kg is placed as shown. The co-efficient of<br />
friction in contact is µ = 2/5. The disc has an<br />
acceleration of 25 m/s 2 towards left. Find the<br />
acceleration of the block with respect to disc. Given<br />
cos θ = 4/5, sin θ = 3/5.<br />
[<strong>IIT</strong>-2006]<br />
25 m/s 2<br />
Sol. Applying pseudo force ma and resolving it. Applying<br />
F net = ma x for x-direction<br />
ma cos θ – (f 1 + f 2 + = ma x<br />
ma cos θ – µN 1 – µN 2 = ma x<br />
ma cos θ – µma sin θ – µmg = ma x<br />
⇒ a x = a cos θ – µa sin θ – µg<br />
= 25 × 5<br />
4 – 5<br />
2 × 25 × 5<br />
3 – 5<br />
2 × 10 = 10 m/s<br />
2<br />
2. A wooden stick of length L, radius R and density ρ<br />
has a small metal piece of mass m (of negligible<br />
volume) attached to its one end. Find the minimum<br />
value for the mass m (in terms of given parameters)<br />
that would make the stick float vertically in<br />
equilibrium in liquid of density σ(>p). [<strong>IIT</strong>-1999]<br />
Sol. For the wooden stick-mass system to be in stable<br />
equilibrium the centre of gravity of stick-mass system<br />
should be lower than the centre of buoyancy. Also in<br />
equilibrium the centre of gravity (G) and the centre of<br />
buoyancy (B) lie in the same vertical axis.<br />
The above condition 1 will be satisfied if the mass is<br />
towards the lower side of the stick as shown in the<br />
figure.<br />
The two forces will create a torque which will bring<br />
the stick-mass system in the vertical position of the<br />
stable equilibrium<br />
Let l be the length of the stick immersed in the<br />
liquid.<br />
θ<br />
Then<br />
F B =πR 2 hσg<br />
θ<br />
mg<br />
h/2<br />
L/2<br />
θ<br />
OB = 2<br />
l . Let OG = y<br />
For vertical equilibrium<br />
F G = F B<br />
⇒ (M + m)g = F B<br />
⇒ πR 2 Lρg + mg = πR 2 l σ g<br />
2<br />
C<br />
(πR 2 Lρ)g<br />
πR<br />
Lρ + m<br />
l =<br />
...(1)<br />
2<br />
πR<br />
σ<br />
Now using the concept of centre of mass to find y.<br />
Then<br />
My1<br />
+ my2<br />
y =<br />
M + n<br />
Since mass m is at O the origin, therefore y 2 = 0<br />
M(L / 2) + m×<br />
O ML<br />
∴ y =<br />
=<br />
M + m 2(M + m)<br />
2<br />
( πR<br />
Lρ)L<br />
=<br />
2<br />
2( πR<br />
Lρ + m)<br />
Therefore for stable equilibrium<br />
l > y<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
πR<br />
Lρ + m ( πR<br />
Lρ)L<br />
∴<br />
><br />
2<br />
2<br />
2( πR<br />
σ)<br />
2( πR<br />
Lρ + m)<br />
⇒ m ≥ π R 2 L ( ρσ – ρ)<br />
...(2)<br />
∴ minimum value of m is πr 2 L ( ρσ – ρ)<br />
3. A gaseous mixture enclosed in a vessel of volume V<br />
consists of one mole of a gas A with λ (=C p /C v ) = 5/3<br />
and another gas B with λ = 7/5 at a certain<br />
temperature T. The relative molar masses of the gases<br />
A and B are 4 and 32, respectively. The gases A and<br />
B do not react with each other and are assumed to be<br />
ideal. The gaseous mixture follows the equation<br />
PV 19/13 = constant, in adiabatic processes. [<strong>IIT</strong>-1995]<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 10 DECEMBER 2009
(a) Find the number of moles of the gas B in the<br />
gaseous mixture.<br />
(b) Compute the speed of sound in the gaseous<br />
mixture at T = 300 K.<br />
(c) If T is raised by 1 K from 300 K, find the %<br />
change in the speed of sound in the gaseous mixture.<br />
(d) The mixture is compressed adiabatically to 1/5 of<br />
its initial volume V. Find the change in its adiabatic<br />
compressibility in terms of the given quantities.<br />
Sol. (a) The ratio of specific heat of mixture of gases<br />
(C p ) m<br />
γ m =<br />
* m stands for mixture.<br />
(Cv<br />
) m<br />
n ACpA<br />
+ n BCpB<br />
Also (C p ) m =<br />
n A + n B<br />
n ACVA<br />
+ n BCvB<br />
and (C v ) m =<br />
n A + n B<br />
Also according to Mayer's relationship<br />
C p – C v = R<br />
C p R R R<br />
⇒ – 1 = ⇒ γ – 1 = ⇒ Cv =<br />
Cv<br />
Cv<br />
Cv<br />
γ −1<br />
R<br />
For Gas A (C v ) A =<br />
5 /3 − 1<br />
= 3R<br />
2<br />
3R 5R<br />
∴ (C p ) A = R + (C v ) A = R + =<br />
2 2<br />
R<br />
For Gas B (C v ) B =<br />
7 /5 − 1<br />
= 5R<br />
2<br />
5R 7R<br />
∴ (C p ) B = R + =<br />
2 2<br />
(C p ) m n ACpA<br />
+ n BCpB<br />
γ m = =<br />
(Cv<br />
) m n ACvA<br />
+ n BCvB<br />
1×<br />
(5R / 2) + n B(7R / 2) 5 + 7n B<br />
=<br />
=<br />
1×<br />
(3R / 2) + n B (5R / 2) 3+<br />
5n B<br />
According to the relationship<br />
PV 19/13 = constant we get γ m = 19/13<br />
5 + 7n B 19<br />
∴ = ⇒ nB = 2 mol.<br />
3+<br />
5n B 13<br />
Alternatively we may use the following formula<br />
n1<br />
n1<br />
n 2<br />
= +<br />
γ m −1<br />
γ1<br />
−1<br />
γ 2 −1<br />
where γ m = Ratio of specific heats of mixture<br />
(b) We know that velocity of sound in air is given by<br />
the relationship<br />
v =<br />
γP<br />
d<br />
m<br />
where d = density = v<br />
Also, PV = (n A + n B )RT<br />
⇒<br />
( n A n B)<br />
PV =<br />
RT<br />
V<br />
∴ v =<br />
γ( n A + n B )RT<br />
m<br />
V ×<br />
V<br />
=<br />
γ ( n A + n B )RT<br />
m<br />
Mass of the gas,<br />
m = n A M A + n B M B = 1 × 4 + 2 × 32<br />
= 68 g/mol mol = 0.068 kg/mol<br />
19(1 + 2) × 8.314×<br />
300<br />
∴ v =<br />
= 400.03 ms –1<br />
13×<br />
0.068<br />
(c) We know that the velocity of sound<br />
⇒<br />
v =<br />
γP<br />
d<br />
v + ∆v<br />
v<br />
=<br />
=<br />
γRT<br />
M<br />
T + ∆T<br />
T<br />
∆ v 1<br />
⇒ 1 + = 1 + v 2<br />
and v + ∆v =<br />
⎛1+<br />
∆T<br />
⎞<br />
= ⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ T ⎠<br />
∆T<br />
T<br />
∆ T
4. A square loop of side 'a' with a capacitor of capacitance<br />
C is located between two current carrying<br />
long parallel wires as shown. The value of I in the<br />
wires is given as I = I 0 sin ωt. [<strong>IIT</strong>-2003]<br />
a<br />
a<br />
I<br />
I<br />
a<br />
(a) Calculate maximum current in the square loop.<br />
(b) Draw a graph between charges on the upper plate<br />
of the capacitor vs time.<br />
Sol. (a) Let us consider a small strip of thickness dx as<br />
shown in the figure.<br />
The magnetic field at this strip<br />
B = B A + B B (Perpendicular to the plane of<br />
paper directed upwards)<br />
µ 0 I µ<br />
= +<br />
0 I<br />
2 π x 2 π (3a − x)<br />
B A = Magnetic field due to current in wire A<br />
µ 0<br />
= I ⎡1<br />
1 ⎤<br />
2 π<br />
⎢ + ⎥<br />
⎣x<br />
3a − x ⎦<br />
B B = Magnetic field due to current in wire B<br />
dx<br />
I<br />
x<br />
Small amount of magnetic flux passing through<br />
the strip of thickness dx is<br />
dφ = B × adx<br />
µ 0 Ia×<br />
3a dx<br />
=<br />
2πx (3a − x)<br />
Total flux through the square loop<br />
2a<br />
2<br />
µ ×<br />
φ =<br />
0 I 3a dx µ 0 Ia<br />
∫<br />
= ln 2<br />
a 2π<br />
x(3a − x) π<br />
µ 0 a ln(2)<br />
= (I 0 sin ωt)<br />
π<br />
The emf produced<br />
dφ µ 0<br />
e = − =<br />
aI 0 ω ln(2) cos ωt<br />
dt π<br />
Charged stored in the capacitor<br />
µ 0 0<br />
q = C × e = C ×<br />
aI ω ln(2) cos ωt ... (i)<br />
π<br />
∴ Current in the loop<br />
dq<br />
i = C<br />
2<br />
×µ ω<br />
=<br />
0 aI 0<br />
ln(2) sin ωt<br />
dt π<br />
I<br />
2<br />
µ 0 aI0ω<br />
C ln(2)<br />
∴ i ma x =<br />
π<br />
(b) From (1), the graph between charge and time is<br />
Q<br />
Q 0<br />
–Q 0<br />
π/2ω<br />
Here q 0 =<br />
π/ω<br />
2π/ω<br />
3π/2ω<br />
C 0<br />
× µ 0 aI ωln(2)<br />
π<br />
5. Highly energetic electrons are bombarded on a<br />
target of an element containing 30 neutrons. The<br />
ratio of the radii of nucleus to that of Helium<br />
nucleus is (14) 1/3 . Find (a) atomic number of the<br />
nucleus. (b) the frequency of K a line of the X-ray<br />
produced. (R = 1.1 × 10 7 m –1 and c = 3 × 10 8 m/s)<br />
[<strong>IIT</strong>-2005]<br />
Sol. (a) We know that radius of nucleus is given by the<br />
formula<br />
r = r 0 A 1/3 where r 0 = constant and A = mass<br />
number.<br />
For the Nucleus r 1 = r 0 4 1/3<br />
∴<br />
r<br />
r<br />
2<br />
1<br />
⎛ A ⎞<br />
= ⎜ ⎟⎠<br />
⎝ 4<br />
1/3<br />
⇒ (14) 1/3 ⎛ A ⎞<br />
= ⎜ ⎟⎠<br />
⎝ 4<br />
1/3<br />
⇒ A = 56<br />
∴ No. of proton = A – no. of neutrons<br />
= 56 – 30<br />
= 26<br />
∴ Atomic number = 26<br />
⎡<br />
(b) We know that ν = Rc (z – b) 2 1 1<br />
⎥ ⎥ ⎤<br />
⎢ −<br />
2 21<br />
⎢⎣<br />
n1 n ⎦<br />
Here, R = 1.1 × 10 7 , C = 3 × 10 8 , Z = 26<br />
b = 1 (for K a ), n 1 = 1, n 2 = 2<br />
∴ ν = 1.1 × 10 7 × 3 × 10 8 [26 – 1] 2 ⎡1<br />
1⎤<br />
⎢ − ⎥<br />
⎣4<br />
4⎦ = 3.3 × 10 15 3<br />
× 25 × 25 × = 1.546 × 10 18 Hz.<br />
4<br />
CHEMISTRY<br />
6. The standard reduction potential of Ag + /Ag electrode<br />
at 298 K is 0.799V. Given that for AgI,<br />
K sp = 8.7 × 10 –17 , evaluate the potential of Ag + /Ag<br />
electrode in a saturated solution of AgI. Also<br />
calculate the standard reduction potential of<br />
I – electrode.<br />
[<strong>IIT</strong>-1994]<br />
t<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 12 DECEMBER 2009
Sol. In the saturated solution of AgI, the half cell<br />
reactions are<br />
At anode : Ag ⎯→ Ag + + e –<br />
At cathode : AgI + e – ⎯→ Ag + I –<br />
Cell reaction AgI ⎯→ Ag + + I –<br />
On applying Nernst equation<br />
0.0591<br />
E cell = Eº cell – log [Ag + ] [I – ]<br />
n<br />
For electrode<br />
Ag + + e – → Ag<br />
∴<br />
E<br />
Ag + = º<br />
/ Ag Ag / Ag<br />
K sp of AgI = [Ag + ] [I – ]<br />
Q [Ag + ] = [I – ]<br />
∴ K sp of AgI = [Ag + ] 2<br />
∴ [Ag + ] of AgI =<br />
E – 0.0591 1<br />
log<br />
+<br />
n [Ag<br />
K sp of AgI<br />
−17<br />
[Ag + ] = 8.7 × 10<br />
= 9.3 × 10 –9 M<br />
So E Ag + / Ag<br />
= 0.799 – 0.0591 1<br />
log<br />
1<br />
−9<br />
9.3×<br />
10<br />
= + 0.799 + 0.0591 log 9.3 – 0.0591 × 9 log 10<br />
= + 0.799 + 0.0591 × 0.9785 – 0.0591 × 9<br />
= 0.325 V<br />
For above cell reaction<br />
0.0591<br />
E cell = Eº cell – log [Ag + ] [I – ]<br />
n<br />
0.0591<br />
= Eº cell – log (K sp of AgI)<br />
n<br />
At equilibrium E cell = 0<br />
0.0591<br />
∴ Eº cell = log(8.7 × 10 –17 ) = –0.95 volt<br />
1<br />
Eº cell = Eº cathode + Eº anode<br />
–<br />
–0.95 = –0.799 + Eº Ag/AgI/I<br />
(In form of cell reaction)<br />
Eº – Ag/AgI/I = – 0.95 + 0.799 = –0.151 V<br />
–<br />
or Eº I /AgI/Ag = + 0.151 V<br />
7. A sample of hard water contains 96 ppm of SO 2– 4 and<br />
183 ppm of HCO – 3 with 60 ppm of Ca 2+ as the only<br />
cation. How many moles of CaO will be required to<br />
remove HCO 2– 3 from 100 kg of this water ? If 1000<br />
kg of this water is treated with the amount of CaO<br />
calculated above, what will be the concentration (in<br />
ppm) of residual Ca 2+ ions ? (Assume CaCO 3 to be<br />
completely insoluble in water). If the Ca 2+ ions in one<br />
litre of the treated water are completely exchanged<br />
with hydrogen ions, what will be its pH ? (one ppm<br />
means one part of the substance in one million part of<br />
water, mass/mass)<br />
[<strong>IIT</strong>-1997]<br />
+<br />
]<br />
Sol. In 10 6 g(= 1000 kg) of the given hard water, we have<br />
amount of SO 4 2– ions = 96 g<br />
amount of HCO 3 – ions = 183 g<br />
So amount of SO 4 2– ions =<br />
96 g<br />
96 g mol<br />
−1<br />
= 1 mol<br />
and amount of HCO – 183 g<br />
3 ions =<br />
− 1<br />
61 g mol<br />
= 3 mol<br />
These ions are present as CaSO 4 and Ca(HCO 3 ) 2 .<br />
Hence, amount of Ca 2+ ⎛ 3 ⎞<br />
ions = ⎜1 + ⎟ = 2.5 mol<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
The addition of CaO causes the following reactions:<br />
CaO + Ca(HCO 3 ) 2 → 2CaCO 3 + H 2 O<br />
1.5 mol of CaO will be required for the removal of<br />
1.5 mol of Ca(HCO 3 ) 2 in form of CaCO 3 .<br />
In the treated water, only CaSO 4 is present now.<br />
Thus, 1 mol of Ca 2+ ions will be present in 10 6 g of<br />
water. Hence, its concentration will be 40 ppm.<br />
Molarity of Ca 2+ ions in the treated water will be 10 –3<br />
mol l –1 .<br />
If the Ca 2+ ions are exchanged by H + ions then,<br />
Molartiy of H + in the treated water = 2 × 10 –3 M<br />
Thus, pH = – log(2 × 10 –3 ) = 2.7<br />
8. A white precipitate was formed slowly when AgNO 3<br />
was added to compound (A) with molecular formula<br />
C 6 H 13 Cl. Compound (A) on treatment with hot<br />
alcoholic KOH gave a mixture of two isomeric<br />
alkenes (B) and (C), having formula C 6 H 12 . The<br />
mixture of (B) and (C) on ozonolysis, furnished four<br />
compounds (i) CH 3 CHO, (ii) C 2 H 5 CHO,<br />
(iii) CH 3 COCH 3 and<br />
(iv) CH 3 – CH(CH 3 )–CHO. What are the structures<br />
of (A) and (C) ?<br />
[<strong>IIT</strong>-1986]<br />
Sol. It is given that,<br />
Alcoholic<br />
C 6 H 13 Cl<br />
(A) KOH; –HCl<br />
Alkyl chloride<br />
(i) O 3<br />
C 6 H 12<br />
((ii) H2O/Zn<br />
(B) and (C)<br />
Two alkenes (B) + (C) with<br />
Formula C 6 H 12<br />
CH 3 CHO + C 2 H 5 CHO<br />
+ CH 3 COCH 3 + CH 3 – CH – CHO<br />
CH 3<br />
It is observed that during ozonolysis, no loss of<br />
carbon takes place, it may be concluded that<br />
CH 3 CHO and CH 3 – CH(CH 3 ) – CHO are the<br />
products of one alkene (B) and C 2 H 5 CHO and<br />
CH 3 COCH 3 are the products of other alkene (say)<br />
(C). Thus, from the above we have :<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 13 DECEMBER 2009
H<br />
CH 3 – C = O + O = HC – CH – CH 3<br />
CH 3<br />
–2[O]<br />
CH 3 – CH = CH – CH – CH 3<br />
(B)<br />
CH 3<br />
(i) O 3<br />
CH 3 CHO + OHC – CH – CH 3<br />
(ii) H 2 O/Zn<br />
CH 3<br />
Similarly alkene (C) will be derived as :<br />
CH 3<br />
C = O + O = CH.CH 2 CH 3<br />
CH 3<br />
–2[O]<br />
CH 3 – C = CH.CH 2 CH 3<br />
CH 3<br />
(i) O 3<br />
CH 3 – C = O + OHC.CH 2 CH 3<br />
(ii) H 2 O/Zn<br />
CH 3<br />
Since the compounds (B) and (C) are obtained when<br />
(A), C 6 H 13 Cl, is dehydrohalogenated by heating it<br />
with alcoholic KOH, as follows :<br />
CH 3 CH 2 – CH . CH – CH 3<br />
Cl CH 3<br />
(C)<br />
Alc.KOH<br />
CH 3 – CH = CH – CH – CH 3 + CH 3 CH 2 CH = C – CH 3<br />
CH 3<br />
(B) (20%) (minor)<br />
∆; –HCl<br />
CH 3<br />
(C) (80%) (major)<br />
Since the Cl atom in (A) is an aliphatic chlorine, and<br />
it is attached to a secondary carbon atom which is<br />
adjacent to a tertiary cabon atom and one secondary<br />
carbon atom – CH2 – CH . CH – , it will react<br />
Cl CH 3<br />
slowly with AgNO 3 to give a white precipitate.<br />
Thus,<br />
A, CH 3 – CH 2 – CH – CH – CH 3<br />
B,<br />
C,<br />
Cl<br />
CH 3<br />
3-chloro-2-methyl pentane<br />
CH 3 CH = CH – CH – CH 3<br />
CH 3<br />
4-methyl pentene -2<br />
CH 3 CH 2 CH = C – CH 3<br />
CH 3<br />
2-methyl pentene-2<br />
9. A hydrated metallic salt A, light green in colour,<br />
gives a white anhydrous residue B after being heated<br />
gradually. B is soluble in water and its aqueous<br />
solution reacts with NO to give a dark brown<br />
compound C. B on strong heating gives a brown<br />
residue and a mixture of two gases E and F. The<br />
gaseous mixture, when passed through acidified<br />
permanganate, discharges the pink colour and when<br />
passed through acidified BaCl 2 solution, gives a<br />
white precipitate. Identify A, B, C, D, E and F.<br />
[<strong>IIT</strong>-1988]<br />
Sol. The given observations are as follows.<br />
(i) Hydrated metallic salt ⎯ →<br />
(A)<br />
⎯ heat<br />
(B)<br />
white anhydrous residue<br />
(ii) Aqueous solution of B ⎯→<br />
dark brown compound<br />
Strong<br />
heating<br />
(iii) Salt B ⎯ ⎯⎯→<br />
(iv)<br />
Gaseous mixture<br />
(E) + (F)<br />
⎯ NO (C)<br />
Brown residue +<br />
(D)<br />
acidified KMnO 4<br />
BaCl 2 solution<br />
Two gases<br />
(E) + (F)<br />
Pink colour is<br />
discharged<br />
White precipitate<br />
The observation (ii) shows that B must be ferrous<br />
sulphate since with NO, it gives dark brown<br />
compound according to the reaction<br />
[Fe(H 2 O) 6 ] 2+ 2<br />
+ NO → [Fe(H2 O) 5(NO)]<br />
+ + H 2 O<br />
dark brown<br />
Hence, the salt A must be FeSO 4 . 7H 2 O<br />
The observation (iii) is<br />
2FeSO 4 → Fe 2 O 3 + SO 2 + SO 3<br />
(D)<br />
brown<br />
(E) + (F)<br />
The gaseous mixture of SO 2 and SO 3 explains the<br />
observation (iv), namely,<br />
2 2<br />
+ 5SO 2 + 2H 2 O → 2Mn<br />
+ −<br />
+ 5SO + 4H +<br />
2MnO −<br />
4<br />
pink colour<br />
no colour<br />
2H 2 O + SO 2 + SO 3 4H + + SO 2– 2–<br />
3 + SO 4<br />
Ba 2+ + SO 2– 3 → BaSO ; Ba 2+ + SO – 4 → BaSO<br />
3<br />
white ppt.<br />
Hence, the various compounds are<br />
A. FeSO 4 . 7H 2 O B. FeSO 4<br />
C. [Fe(H 2 O) 5 NO]SO 4 D. Fe 2 O 3<br />
E and F SO 2 and SO 3<br />
4<br />
4<br />
white ppt.<br />
10. A white amorphous powder A when heated gives a<br />
colourless gas B, which turns lime water milky and<br />
the residue C which is yellow when hot but white<br />
when cold. The residue C dissolves in dilute HCl and<br />
the resulting solution gives a white precipitate on<br />
addition of potassium ferrocyanide solution. A<br />
dissolves in dilute HCl with the evolution of a gas<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 14 DECEMBER 2009
a+<br />
which is identical in all respects with B. The solution<br />
of A as obtained above gives a white precipitate D on<br />
addition of excess of NH 4 OH and on passing H 2 S.<br />
Another portion of this solution gives initially a white<br />
precipitate E on addition of NaOH solution, which<br />
dissolves on further addition of the base. Identify the<br />
compound A to E.<br />
[<strong>IIT</strong>-1979]<br />
Sol. The given information is as follows.<br />
(a)<br />
A<br />
white powder<br />
diluteHCl<br />
⎯ heat ⎯→<br />
(b)C ⎯⎯⎯⎯<br />
→ solution<br />
(c) A<br />
dilute HCl<br />
(i) NH4OH<br />
(ii) H 2 S<br />
D<br />
white precipitate<br />
B +<br />
turns<br />
colourless<br />
milky lime water<br />
gas<br />
K<br />
6<br />
⎯ 4 Fe(CN )<br />
C<br />
hot yellow<br />
residue<br />
white when when<br />
cold<br />
⎯⎯ ⎯⎯ → white precipitate<br />
Solution + B<br />
(i) NaOH<br />
E<br />
white precipitate<br />
dissolves<br />
NaOH<br />
From part (a), we conclude that B is CO 2 as it turns<br />
lime water milky :<br />
Ca(OH 2 ) + CO 2 → CaCO + H 2 O<br />
milky<br />
to this<br />
due<br />
3<br />
and C is ZnO as it becomes yellow on heating and is<br />
white in cold. Hence, the salt A must be ZnCO 3 .<br />
From part (b), it is confirmed that C is a salt of zinc<br />
(II) which dissolves in dilute HCl and white<br />
precipitate obtained after adding K 4 [Fe(CN) 6 is due<br />
to Zn 2 [Fe(CN) 6 ].<br />
From part (c), it is again confirmed that A is ZnCO 3<br />
as on adding dilute HCl, we get CO 2 and zinc (II)<br />
goes into solution. White precipitate is of ZnS which<br />
is precipitated in ammonical medium as its solubility<br />
product is not very low. White precipitate E is of<br />
Zn(OH) 2 which dissolves as zincate, in excess of<br />
NaOH. Hence the given information is explained as<br />
follows.<br />
(a) ZnCO<br />
(b) ZnO<br />
⎯ heat ⎯→ CO<br />
(B) 2 +<br />
3<br />
(A)<br />
⎯ dil ⎯<br />
HCl ⎯→<br />
ZnCl<br />
(C)<br />
solution 2<br />
(c) ZnCO 3<br />
ZnO<br />
(C)<br />
K<br />
6<br />
⎯ 4 Fe(CN )<br />
⎯ dil ⎯<br />
HCl ⎯→<br />
Solution 2<br />
ZnCl 2 + S 2– → ZnS ↓ + 2Cl –<br />
(D)<br />
Zn 2+ + 2OH – → Zn(OH)<br />
⎯⎯<br />
⎯⎯ → Zn [Fe(CN)<br />
ZnCl + CO 2 + H 2 O<br />
2<br />
(E)<br />
2-<br />
2<br />
dissolves<br />
Zn(OH) 2 + 2OH – → ZnO + 2H 2 O<br />
2 6 ]<br />
White precipitate<br />
MATHEMATICS<br />
11. Determine the name of the name of the curve<br />
described parametrically by the equations<br />
x = t 2 + t + 1, y = t 2 – t + 1 [<strong>IIT</strong>-1998]<br />
Sol. We have,<br />
x = t 2 + t + 1 and, y = t 2 – t + 1<br />
⇒ x + y = 2(t 2 + 1) and, x – y = 2t<br />
⎪⎧<br />
2<br />
⎛ x − y ⎞ ⎪⎫<br />
⇒ x + y = 2 ⎨⎜<br />
⎟ + 1⎬<br />
⎪⎩ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎪⎭<br />
⇒ 2(x + y) = (x – y) 2 + 4<br />
⇒ x 2 + y 2 – 2xy – 2x – 2y + 4<br />
Comparing this equation with the equation<br />
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0, we get<br />
a = 1, b = 1, c = 4, h = –1, g = –1 and f = –1<br />
∴ abc + 2fgh – af 2 – bg 2 – ch 2 = 4 – 2 – 1 – 1 – 4 ≠ 0<br />
and , h 2 – ab = 1 – 1 = 0<br />
Thus, we have<br />
∆ ≠ 0 and h 2 = ab<br />
So, the given equations represent a parabola.<br />
12. The circle x 2 + y 2 – 4x – 4y + 4 = 0 is inscribed in a<br />
triangle which has two of its sides along the<br />
coordinate axes. If the locus of the circumcentre of<br />
the triangle is<br />
2<br />
x + y – xy + k x + y = 0,<br />
find the value of k.<br />
[<strong>IIT</strong>-1987]<br />
Sol. Let OAB be the triangle in which the circle<br />
x 2 + y 2 – 4x – 4y + 4 = 0 is inscribed. Let the<br />
x y<br />
equation of AB be + = 1<br />
a b<br />
y<br />
B(0,b)<br />
C<br />
2<br />
x y<br />
+ = 1<br />
a b<br />
2<br />
x´ O (a, 0)A x<br />
y´<br />
Since AB touches the circle x 2 + y 2 – 4x – 4y + 4 = 0.<br />
There fore,<br />
2 2<br />
+ −1<br />
a b<br />
1 1<br />
+<br />
2 2<br />
a b<br />
⎛ 2 2 ⎞<br />
⎜ + −1⎟<br />
a b<br />
= 2 ⇒ –<br />
⎝ ⎠<br />
= 2<br />
1 1<br />
+<br />
2 2<br />
a b<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 15 DECEMBER 2009
[Q O(0, 0) and C(2, 2) lie on the same side of AB<br />
Therefore, a<br />
2 + b<br />
2 – 1 < 0]<br />
(2b + 2a – ab)<br />
⇒ –<br />
= 2<br />
2 2<br />
a + b<br />
2<br />
⇒ 2a + 2b – ab + 2 a + b = 0 ...(i)<br />
Let P(h, k) be the circumcentre of ∆OAB. Since<br />
∆ OAB is a right angled triangle. So its circumcentre<br />
is the mid-point of AB.<br />
a b<br />
∴ h = and k = 2 2<br />
⇒ a = 2h and b = 2k<br />
From (i) and (ii), we get<br />
4h + 4k – 4hk + 2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
4 h + 4k = 0<br />
⇒ h + k – hk + h + k = 0<br />
So, the locus of P(h, k) is<br />
2<br />
2<br />
...(ii)<br />
x + y – xy + x + y = 0<br />
But, the locus of the circumcentre is given to be<br />
x + y – xy + k x + y = 0<br />
Thus, the value of k is 1<br />
2<br />
13. Let C be any circle with centre (0, 2 ). Prove that at<br />
most two rational points can be there on C.<br />
(A rational points is a point both of whose<br />
coordinates are rational numbers) [<strong>IIT</strong>-1997]<br />
Sol. The equation of any circle C with centre (0, 2) is<br />
given by<br />
2<br />
2<br />
(x – 0) 2 + (y – 2) 2 = r 2 , where r is any positive real<br />
number.<br />
or, x 2 + y 2 – 2 2 y = r 2 – 2<br />
If possible, let P(x 1 , y 1 ), Q(x 2 , y 2 ) and R(x 3 , y 3 ) be<br />
three distinct rational points on circle C. Then,<br />
2 2<br />
x + y 2 2 y 1 = r 2 – 2 ...(ii)<br />
x<br />
1 1 −<br />
2 2<br />
2 2 −<br />
2<br />
+ y 2 2 y 2 = r 2 – 2 ...(iii)<br />
2<br />
x 3 + y3<br />
− 2 2 y 3 = r 2 – 2 ...(iv)<br />
We claim that at least two y 1 , y 2 , and y 3 are distinct.<br />
For if y 1 = y 2 = y 3 , then P, Q and R lie on a line<br />
parallel to x-axis and a line parallel to x-axis does not<br />
cross the circle in more than two points. Thus, we<br />
have either y 1 ≠ y 2 or, y 1 ≠ y 3 or, y 2 ≠ y 3 .<br />
Subtracting (ii) from (iii) and (iv), we get<br />
2 2 2 2<br />
(x 2 + y 2)<br />
– (x1 + y1<br />
) – 2 2 (y 2 – y 1 ) = 0<br />
and,<br />
2 2 2 2<br />
(x 3 + y3<br />
) – (x1 + y1<br />
) – 2 2 (y 3 – y 1 ) = 0<br />
⇒ a 1 – 2b 1 = 0 and a 2 – 2b 2 = 0 ...(v)<br />
2<br />
where,<br />
2 2 2 2<br />
a 1 = (x 2 + y 2)<br />
– (x1 + y1<br />
) , b 1 = 2(y 2 – y 1 )<br />
2 2 2 2<br />
a 2 = (x 3 + y3<br />
) – (x1 + y1<br />
) , b 2 = 2(y 3 – y 1 )<br />
Clearly, a 1 , a 2 , b 1 , b 2 are rational numbers as x 1 , x 2 ,<br />
x 3 , y 1 , y 2 , y 3 are rational numbers.<br />
Since either y 1 ≠ y 2 or, y 1 ≠ y 3<br />
∴ Either b 1 ≠ 0 or, b 2 ≠ 0<br />
If b 1 ≠ 0, then<br />
a 1 – 2b 1 = 0 [From (v)]<br />
a1<br />
⇒ = 2,<br />
b<br />
1<br />
a1<br />
which is not possible because is a rational<br />
b1<br />
number and 2 is an irrational number.<br />
If b 2 ≠ 0, then<br />
a 2<br />
a 2 – 2b 2 = 0 ⇒ = 2,<br />
b<br />
2<br />
a 2<br />
which is not possible because is a rational<br />
b2<br />
number and 2 is an irrational number.<br />
Thus, in both the cases we arrive at a contradiction.<br />
This means that our supposition is wrong. Hence,<br />
there can be at most two rational points on circle C.<br />
14. A rectangle PQRS has its side PQ parallel to the line<br />
y = mx and vertices P, Q and S lie on the lines y = a,<br />
x = b and x = –b, respectively. Find the locus of the<br />
vertex R.<br />
[<strong>IIT</strong>-1996]<br />
Sol. Let the coordinates of R be (h, k). It is given that P<br />
lies on y = a. So, let the coordinates of P be (x 1 , a).<br />
Since PQ is parallel to the line y = mx. Therefore,<br />
Slope of PQ = (Slope of y = mx) = m<br />
1<br />
And, Slope of PS = –<br />
(Slope of y = mx)<br />
1<br />
= – [∴ PS ⊥ PQ]<br />
m<br />
Now, equation of PQ is<br />
y – a = m(x – x 1 )<br />
x = –b<br />
x´ S<br />
(0, – b)<br />
(0, a)<br />
R<br />
O<br />
y<br />
y = 0<br />
P<br />
x = b<br />
Q<br />
(0, b)<br />
x<br />
...(i)<br />
y´<br />
It is given that Q lies on x = b. So, Q is the point of<br />
intersection if (i) and x = b.<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 16 DECEMBER 2009
Putting x = b in (i), we get<br />
y = a + m(b – x 1 )<br />
So, coordinates of Q are (b, a + m(b – x 1 )).<br />
Since PS passes through P(x 1 , a) and has slope – m<br />
1 .<br />
So, Equation of PS is<br />
y – a = – m<br />
1 (x – x1 )<br />
...(ii)<br />
It is given that S lies on x = – b. So, S is the point of<br />
intersection of (ii) and x = –b.<br />
Solving (ii) and x = – b, we get<br />
y = a + m<br />
1 (b + x1 )<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞<br />
So, coordinates of S are ⎜− b,a<br />
+ (b + x1<br />
) ⎟<br />
⎝ m ⎠<br />
1<br />
k − a − (b + x1)<br />
Now, Slope of RS = m = m<br />
h + b<br />
But RS is parallel to PQ.<br />
1<br />
k − a − (b + x1)<br />
∴<br />
m = m<br />
h + b<br />
⇒ b + x 1 = m(k – a) – m 2 (h + b) ...(iii)<br />
Similarly,<br />
k − a − m(b − x1)<br />
Slope of RQ =<br />
h − b<br />
But, RQ is perpendicular to PQ whose slope is m.<br />
k − a − m(b − x1)<br />
1<br />
∴<br />
= –<br />
h − b m<br />
1 1<br />
⇒ b – x 1 = (k – a) + m<br />
2 (h – a) ...(iv)<br />
m<br />
We have only one variable x 1 . To eliminate x 1 , add<br />
(iii) and (iv) to obtain<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞<br />
2b = (k – a) ⎜m + ⎟ – m 2 1<br />
(h + b) +<br />
⎝ m ⎠<br />
2 (h – b)<br />
m<br />
⎛ m ⎞<br />
⇒ 2b = (k – a) ⎜<br />
2 + 1 ⎛<br />
4<br />
m ⎞<br />
⎟<br />
– h ⎜<br />
+ 1 ⎛<br />
4<br />
m ⎞<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ m<br />
2<br />
– b ⎜<br />
+ 1<br />
⎟<br />
⎠ ⎝ m<br />
2<br />
⎠ ⎝ m ⎠<br />
⎛ m ⎞<br />
⇒ (k – a) ⎜<br />
2 + 1<br />
⎟<br />
–<br />
⎝ m ⎠<br />
2<br />
h (m −1)(m<br />
+ 1)<br />
m<br />
–<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
b (m + 1)<br />
h(m 2 −1)<br />
b(m 2 + 1)<br />
⇒ (k – a) – – = 0<br />
m m<br />
⇒ m(k – a) – h(m 2 – 1) – b(m 2 + 1) = 0<br />
Hence, the locus of R(h, k) is<br />
m(y – a) – x(m 2 – 1) – b(m 2 + 1) = 0<br />
m<br />
2<br />
2<br />
= 0<br />
15. If A, B, C are the angles of a triangle ABC and the<br />
system of linear equations<br />
x sin A + y sin B + z sin C = 0<br />
x sin B + y sin C + z sin A = 0<br />
x sin C + y sin A + z sin B = 0<br />
has a non trivial solution, prove that<br />
sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2 C – (cos A + cos B + cos C<br />
+ cos A cos B + cos B cos C + cos C cos A) = 0<br />
[<strong>IIT</strong>-2002]<br />
Sol. The given system of linear equations has a non-trivial<br />
solution. Therefore,<br />
⇒<br />
sin A<br />
sin B<br />
sin C<br />
sin B<br />
sin C<br />
sin A<br />
sin C<br />
sin A<br />
sin B<br />
sin A + sin B + sin C<br />
sin B + sin C + sin A<br />
sin C + sin A + sin B<br />
= 0<br />
sin B<br />
sin C<br />
sin A<br />
sin C<br />
sin A<br />
sin B<br />
Applying C 1 → C 1 + C 2 + C 3<br />
⇒ (sin A + sin B + sin C)<br />
⇒<br />
⇒<br />
1<br />
1<br />
1<br />
1<br />
0<br />
0<br />
sin B<br />
sin C<br />
sin A<br />
sin B<br />
sin C<br />
sin A<br />
sin B<br />
sin A − sin B<br />
= 0<br />
1<br />
1<br />
1<br />
sin B<br />
sin C<br />
sin A<br />
= 0<br />
sin C<br />
sin A<br />
sin B<br />
= 0<br />
⎡Qsin A + sin B + sin C ⎤<br />
⎢ A B C ⎥<br />
⎢=<br />
4cos cos cos ≠0<br />
⎣ 2 2 2 ⎥<br />
⎦<br />
sin C<br />
sin C − sin B sin A − sin C = 0<br />
sin B − sin C<br />
Applying R 2 → R 2 – R 1 , R 3 → R 3 – R 1<br />
⇒ –(sin B – sin C) 2 – (sin A – sin C)<br />
(sin A – sin B) = 0<br />
⇒ sin 2 B + sin 2 C – 2 sin B sin C + sin 2 A<br />
– sin A sin B – sin C sin A + sin B sin C = 0<br />
⇒ sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2 C – sin A sin B – sin B sin C<br />
– sin C sin A = 0<br />
⇒ sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2 C – cos A cos B<br />
– cos B cos C – cos C cos A + cos (A + B)<br />
+ cos (B + C) + cos (C + A) = 0<br />
⇒ sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2 C – cos A cos B<br />
– cos B cos C – cos C cos A – cos A<br />
– cos B – cos C = 0<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 17 DECEMBER 2009
Physics Challenging Problems<br />
Set # 8<br />
This section is designed to give <strong>IIT</strong> <strong>JEE</strong> aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety<br />
of possible twists and turns of problems in physics that would be very helpful in facing <strong>IIT</strong><br />
<strong>JEE</strong>. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and we<br />
hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and<br />
enhancing the preparation level of <strong>IIT</strong> <strong>JEE</strong> aspirants.<br />
By : Dev Sharma<br />
Solutions will be published in next issue<br />
Director Academics, Jodhpur Branch<br />
Passage # 1 (Ques. 1 to 3)<br />
Young's double slit experiment is conducted with the<br />
following conditions<br />
1. Slit S 1 and slit S 2 are of same width<br />
2. Slits are illuminated by monochromatic light source<br />
of wave length 'λ b ' which is of blue color.<br />
3. Distance between slits and screen D. Distance<br />
between slits is 2d and D > > 2d<br />
It is observed that 1st bright fringe is observed in<br />
front of one of the slit.<br />
1. If monochromatic light source of blue color is<br />
replaced by the white colored light source then<br />
maximum wavelength which is missing in front of<br />
one of the slit is -<br />
(A) Never of indigo and violet colors<br />
(B) It is always of less than blue color<br />
(C) Missing wave lengths can have wave length<br />
more or less than blue color<br />
(D)<br />
λ<br />
2 = λ<br />
max . .<br />
( missing ) 3<br />
b<br />
2. Relation of the maximum wavelength missing with<br />
wave length of Blue light is -<br />
(A) 2λ b<br />
(B) 3λ b<br />
(C) 4λ b<br />
(D) 5λ b<br />
3. With blue light if the slit widths are made unequal<br />
then -<br />
(A) Position of 1st bright fringe will not be in front<br />
of one of the slit<br />
(B) Dark fringe which was of black colour earlier<br />
with same slit widths now is of blue colour<br />
(C) YDSE can not be conducted with unequal slit<br />
widths<br />
(D) Dark fringe is always black either the slit widths<br />
are equal or not<br />
Passage # 2 (Ques. 4 to 5)<br />
For the given circuit<br />
a<br />
R<br />
8R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
4R<br />
3R<br />
12R<br />
4. What should be the value of R so that equivalent<br />
resistance between terminals a and b is 1Ω -<br />
2 5<br />
(A) Ω (B) Ω<br />
5 2<br />
(C) 2Ω<br />
2R<br />
R<br />
(D) 15Ω<br />
5. If current passing through the circuit is 1 amp then-<br />
(A) Potential difference across 4R and 8R is in the<br />
ratio of 1 : 2<br />
(B) Potential difference across ab is 1 volt when<br />
measured by an ideal voltmeter if R = 5<br />
2 Ω<br />
(C) Maximum potential difference will appear<br />
across 12R resistance<br />
(D) Maximum potential difference will appear<br />
across 3R resistance<br />
R<br />
b<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 18 DECEMBER 2009
Passage # 3 (Ques. 6 to 8)<br />
Behaviour of capacitor in electric circuits is very<br />
typical because of it's energy storing nature.<br />
Capacitor behaves in just opposite manner to<br />
inductor, Inductor 'L' which is measured in Henary<br />
in SI system stores the energy in magnetic field<br />
instead of capacitor which stores in electric field<br />
Inductor opposes the change in current and capacitor<br />
opposes change in voltage.<br />
Behaviour of inductor:<br />
t = 0<br />
t → ∞<br />
Steady<br />
State<br />
open switch<br />
Closed switch<br />
For the electric circuit shown<br />
ε 1<br />
R<br />
L/R is known as time constant<br />
of R-L series circuit which is<br />
measured in ohm<br />
R 1<br />
C<br />
ε 2<br />
R 2<br />
6. If capacitance C varies even after that energy stored<br />
in capacitor is zero at steady state then -<br />
R1<br />
ε1<br />
R1<br />
ε 2<br />
(A) = (B) =<br />
R 2 ε 2<br />
R 2 ε1<br />
(C) ε 1 + ε 2 = 0 (D) ε 1 R 1 + ε 2 R 2 = 0<br />
7. Time constant for the circuit -<br />
(A) RC (B) R 1 C if ε 1 > ε 2<br />
⎛ R<br />
(C) R 2 C if ε 1 < ε 2 (D) ⎟ ⎞<br />
⎜<br />
1R<br />
2<br />
R+<br />
C<br />
⎝ R1<br />
+ R2<br />
⎠<br />
ε1<br />
/ R1<br />
− ε1<br />
/ R 2<br />
where ε eq =<br />
1/ R1<br />
+ 1/ R 2<br />
R1R<br />
2<br />
R eq =<br />
R + R<br />
1<br />
2<br />
8. Maximum current passing through resistance R -<br />
εeq<br />
εeq<br />
(A)<br />
(B)<br />
R<br />
R + R<br />
(C)<br />
ε eq<br />
R<br />
eq<br />
(D)<br />
−<br />
R<br />
eq<br />
| ε1 ε2<br />
|<br />
SCIENCE TIPS<br />
• What is the expression for growing current, in LR<br />
⎛ R<br />
− t ⎞<br />
circuit ? I = I 0<br />
⎜1<br />
− e<br />
L ⎟<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ ⎠<br />
• What is the range of infrared spectrum ?<br />
This covers wavelengths<br />
from 10 –3 m down to 7.8 × 10 –7 m<br />
• What is the nature of graph between electric field<br />
and potential energy (U) ?<br />
The nature of the graph<br />
will be parabola having<br />
symmetry about U-axis<br />
• Why no beats can be heard if the frequencies of<br />
the two interfering waves differ by more than ten ?<br />
this is due to persistence<br />
of hearing<br />
• Why heating systems based on steam are more<br />
efficient than those based on circulation of hot<br />
water ?<br />
This is because steam<br />
has more heat than water<br />
a the same temperature<br />
• Can the specific heat of a gas be infinity ? Yes<br />
• What is the liquid ascent formula for a capillary ?<br />
2T cosθ r<br />
h = –<br />
γpg<br />
3<br />
where h is the height through<br />
which a liquid of density ρ and<br />
surface tension T rises in a<br />
capillary tube of radius r<br />
• What is the expression for total time of flight (T)<br />
2u sin θ<br />
for oblique projection ? T =<br />
g<br />
• The space charge limited current i P in the diode<br />
3/2<br />
value is given by i P = k V p<br />
• What is an ideal gas ?<br />
An ideal gas is one in<br />
which intermolecular<br />
forces are absent<br />
• Can a rough sea be calmed by pouring oil on its<br />
surface ?<br />
Yes<br />
• What is the expression for fringe width (β) in<br />
Young's double slit experiment? β=Dλ/d where<br />
D is the distance between the<br />
source and screen and d is<br />
distance between two slits<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 19 DECEMBER 2009
8<br />
Solution<br />
Set # 7<br />
Physics Challenging Problems<br />
Questions were Published in November Issue<br />
1. As the resistances of voltmeters in upper branch are<br />
R, R/2, R/4 ......................<br />
the equivalent circuit is as shown below<br />
3. From current division formula we can conclude that<br />
current in upper and lower branch are in the ratio of<br />
1 : 2.<br />
a<br />
R<br />
R/2 R/4<br />
V<br />
Lower Branch<br />
upper Branch<br />
...................<br />
the resistance of upper branch is<br />
= R + R/2 + R/4 + ............. up to infinite<br />
⎛ 1 1 ⎞<br />
= R ⎜1<br />
+ + + ..... ⎟<br />
⎝ 2 4 ⎠<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞<br />
= R ⎜ ⎟ = 2R<br />
⎝1−1/<br />
2 ⎠<br />
further the equivalent circuit is<br />
a<br />
R<br />
V<br />
upper branch<br />
Lower Branch<br />
the resistance of voltmeter V should be 2R so that<br />
current in upper and lower branch is same.<br />
2. Entire upper branch is having the resistance of 2R<br />
and voltmeter V 1 is having the resistance of R so we<br />
can conclude that equivalent resistance of all the<br />
voltmeters in upper branch except V 1 is R and the<br />
upper branch is as follows:<br />
a V 1 V 2 V 3<br />
.....up to infinite b<br />
a<br />
i<br />
R<br />
C<br />
V 1 =X V 2 =Y<br />
As reading of voltmeter V 1 is X = i.R<br />
sum of the readings of voltmeters is Y = i.R<br />
Except V 1 in upper branch<br />
So,<br />
X = Y<br />
R<br />
b<br />
b<br />
b<br />
4.<br />
a<br />
i<br />
2i<br />
R<br />
C<br />
R′ = R<br />
voltmeter V<br />
Reading of voltmeter V 1 is i.R<br />
Reading of voltmeter V is (2i.)R<br />
So V = 2V 1<br />
a.<br />
x.<br />
A<br />
b.<br />
d x.<br />
l = length of rod = b – a<br />
l.<br />
B<br />
charge on element of length d x is d q<br />
d q = λd x as λ = 3x<br />
d q = 3xd x<br />
Equivalent current due to element of length d x<br />
ω<br />
d i = ω.d q =<br />
2 (3xd x) π<br />
ω<br />
Total equivalent current i =<br />
∫di<br />
=<br />
∫<br />
(3xd x )<br />
2 π<br />
3ω<br />
=<br />
2 π<br />
⎡<br />
2<br />
x ⎤<br />
⎢ ⎥<br />
⎣ 2<br />
⎦<br />
b<br />
a<br />
3ω<br />
=<br />
2 π<br />
⎛ b<br />
⎜<br />
⎝<br />
3 ω<br />
= (b 2 – a 2 )<br />
4π<br />
Option A is correct<br />
(B) Equivalent current<br />
2<br />
R<br />
− a<br />
2<br />
2<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
⎠<br />
b<br />
a<br />
b<br />
3 ω<br />
= . 2 2 π<br />
(b2 – a 2 )<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 20 DECEMBER 2009
=<br />
3 ω (b 2 – a 2 ) =<br />
4π<br />
3 ω (b – a)(b + a)<br />
4π<br />
3 ω<br />
3<br />
= (b + a)(b – a) = ω. (b + a).l<br />
4 π 4π<br />
As ω = 4π/3 So,<br />
3 4π<br />
Equivalent current = . . (b + a).l<br />
4π<br />
3<br />
= (b + a).l = const.l<br />
i ∝ l<br />
Option B is correct.<br />
(D) Charge on rod<br />
=<br />
b<br />
=<br />
⎡x<br />
q =<br />
∫d<br />
q ∫3xd<br />
x 3. ⎢<br />
⎣ 2 ⎥ ⎦<br />
a<br />
= 2<br />
3 (b 2 – a 2 )<br />
Option D is correct<br />
Ans. A, B, D<br />
5. For part B<br />
q > q<br />
closed cone<br />
open cone<br />
for part A<br />
q = q<br />
closed cone<br />
open cone<br />
ω<br />
Equivalent current i =<br />
2 .q π<br />
2<br />
⎤<br />
ω<br />
i =<br />
2 .q , i = ω<br />
π 2 π<br />
.q<br />
cone - C 1 (closed cone) cone-C 3 (closed cone)<br />
ω<br />
=<br />
2 .q i = ω<br />
π 2 π<br />
.(σ)<br />
(closed cone) (Surface area of<br />
closed cone)<br />
If σ varies then charge on cone C 1 differs from C 3 So<br />
their currents will be different.<br />
Option A incorrect<br />
q = q<br />
(cone C 1 ) (cone - C 2 )<br />
ω<br />
i =<br />
( coneC 1)<br />
2 . ω<br />
q and i = π ( ConeC1<br />
) ( coneC2<br />
) 2 . q π ( ConeC2<br />
)<br />
i = i<br />
(cone C 1 ) (cone C 2 )<br />
b<br />
a<br />
Option B is correct<br />
As charge on cone C 3 ≠ charge on cone C 4<br />
Option C correct<br />
Part-A and part-B will have different charges so<br />
option D incorrect<br />
Ans. B, C<br />
6. The circuit is as follows<br />
CT<br />
10Ω<br />
R 1<br />
Full scale deflection current for galvanometer is<br />
50m<br />
i g = = 5mA<br />
10Ω<br />
For terminals CT and a range is 5V so<br />
V 5<br />
using R = – G ⇒ R1 = – 10 = 990Ω<br />
i<br />
−3<br />
g<br />
5 × 10<br />
R 1 = 990Ω<br />
7. Range between CT and b is 10 volt so,<br />
V 10<br />
Using R = – G ⇒ R1 + R 2 = – 10<br />
i<br />
−3<br />
g<br />
5×<br />
10<br />
990 + R 2 = 2000 – 10<br />
R 2 = 2000 – 1000 = 1000Ω<br />
R 2 = 1000Ω<br />
8. Range between CT and c is V so<br />
V<br />
Using R = – G<br />
i g<br />
R 1 + R 2 + R 3 =<br />
V<br />
5 × 10<br />
−3<br />
a<br />
– 10<br />
R 2<br />
V<br />
⇒ 990 + 1000 + 3000 =<br />
5 × 10<br />
b<br />
−3<br />
R 3<br />
c<br />
– 10<br />
V<br />
⇒ 5000 =<br />
−3<br />
5 × 10<br />
⇒ V = 25 volt<br />
So range between CT and C is 25 volts.<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 21 DECEMBER 2009
PHYSICS<br />
Students' Forum<br />
Expert’s Solution for Question asked by <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> Aspirants<br />
1. A homogeneous sphere of radius r rolls without<br />
slipping with constant angular speed ω' over bigger<br />
sphere, of radius R, which is in pure rotation with<br />
constant angular speed ω about its centre O. (Fig.)<br />
Find the time taken.<br />
ω<br />
R<br />
O<br />
ω′<br />
r<br />
C<br />
(i) for the centre C of the rolling sphere to return to its<br />
initial position (with respect to O), and<br />
(ii) for the point of contact of the rolling sphere to make<br />
one full revolution over the bigger rotating sphere.<br />
(b)(i) Determine the acceleration of the contact point of the<br />
rolling sphere, and<br />
(ii) the point of greatest acceleration of the rolling sphere<br />
(both w.r.t. the centre O)<br />
Sol. Suppose that at t = 0, the contact points of lie along<br />
the fixed line (reference line) OX. Let at time t the<br />
line OC makes the angle θ with OX (Fig.)<br />
ω<br />
O<br />
^<br />
t<br />
C<br />
P<br />
θ P′<br />
It is better to express the velocity and acceleration of<br />
any point including contact point P (say) at an<br />
arbitrary instant of time t as,<br />
v po = v co and a po = a co = a pc + a pc + a co (1)<br />
We know that in the case of pure rolling the velocity<br />
of contact point of the rolling body has zero velocity<br />
and zero tangential acceleration relative to the contact<br />
point of the surface on which it rolls. So if P′ be the<br />
contact point of rotating sphere at time t, then<br />
v p′o = v po<br />
So, v p'o = v pc + v co (2)<br />
ω′<br />
X<br />
(a) If t is the direction of common tangent, then from<br />
eqn. (2)<br />
v p'o (t) = v pc (t) + v co (t)<br />
⎛ dθ<br />
⎞<br />
ωR = – ω′R + ⎜ ⎟ (R + r)<br />
⎝ dt ⎠<br />
dθ ωR<br />
+ ω'r<br />
or,<br />
=<br />
(3)<br />
dt R + r<br />
R + r<br />
so, dt =<br />
dθ (4)<br />
( ωR<br />
+ ω'r)<br />
(ii) It is simple to observer if rotating sphere were at rest,<br />
the CM of rolling sphere C will turn by the angle 2 π,<br />
⎛ dθ<br />
⎞<br />
with angular speed ⎜ ⎟ – ω to satisfy the condition<br />
⎝ dt ⎠<br />
of the problem.<br />
dθ<br />
dt<br />
ω<br />
Hence the sought time t′ (say) is given by<br />
2π<br />
2π(R<br />
+ r)<br />
t′ = = [using Eq. (4)]<br />
⎛ dθ<br />
⎞ r( ω−ω ' )<br />
⎜ ⎟ − ω<br />
⎝ dt ⎠<br />
(b) From a po = a pc + a co = a pc (tangential) + a pc (normal) + a co<br />
In our case a pc (tangential) = 0, because ω′ = constant<br />
Hence, a po = a pc (normal) + a co (5)<br />
⎡<br />
2<br />
⎤<br />
2 ⎛ dθ<br />
⎞<br />
a po = ⎢− ω'<br />
r + ⎜ ⎟ (R + r)<br />
⎥<br />
⎢⎣<br />
⎝ dt ⎠ ⎥⎦<br />
dθ ωR<br />
+ ω'r<br />
(using = from equation (3) or part (a))<br />
dt R + r<br />
(ii) From eqn. (5) it is obvious that the maximum value<br />
|apo | ma x = |a pc (normal) | + | a co |<br />
2<br />
= – ω′ 2 ⎛ dθ<br />
⎞<br />
r + ⎜ ⎟⎠ (R + r)<br />
⎝ dt<br />
dθ<br />
where will be substituted from Eqn. (3).<br />
dt<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 22 DECEMBER 2009
2. Show that the temperature of a planet varies inversely<br />
as the square root of its distance from the Sun.<br />
Sol. Let R s be the radius of the Sun. Consider the Sun as a<br />
black body.<br />
Energy emitted per sec by it equals 4 π R σ T<br />
4<br />
This energy falls uniformly on the inner surface of<br />
spheres centred on the Sun. If d is the distance of the<br />
planet from the Sun, then energy falling on unit area<br />
of the sphere of radius d is :<br />
2 4<br />
sσTs<br />
2<br />
4πR<br />
σR sTs<br />
=<br />
2<br />
4πd<br />
d<br />
This energy received by the planet is given by<br />
2<br />
4<br />
2<br />
Q = πr 2 σR sTs<br />
= where r is the radius of planet.<br />
2<br />
d<br />
If T is the temperature of the planet, then energy lost<br />
by it per sec is 4 π r 2 σ T 4<br />
In the steady state the rate of reception of energy is<br />
equal to the loss of energy<br />
Hence, 4 π r 2 σ T 4 πr σR<br />
=<br />
2<br />
d<br />
1<br />
Thus, T ∝<br />
d<br />
4<br />
2<br />
2 4<br />
s Ts<br />
3. A sphere of specific gravity s just fits into a vertical<br />
cylinder with lower end closed. The sphere is allowed<br />
to drop slowly until it is held in equilibrium by the<br />
thrust of the compressed air. There is no leakage of<br />
air. If the diameter of the sphere is d, the length of<br />
the cylinder is L and the height of the water<br />
barometer is h, then what will be the position of<br />
sphere ?<br />
Sol. Initially, the cylinder contained air at atmospheric<br />
pressure. When the sphere comes down into the<br />
cylinder by the action of its own weight, it presses the<br />
air downwards. Suppose the sphere comes to position<br />
C which is at height x above the closed end. Let the<br />
sphere remain in equilibrium in this position.<br />
Volume of sphere = (4/3)πr 3<br />
Weight of the sphere = (4/3)πr 3 sg<br />
Volume of cylinder = πr 2 L<br />
Volume of air inside the cylinder when the sphere is<br />
in position A = πr 2 L – (2/3)πr 3<br />
2<br />
s<br />
s<br />
Volume of compressed air when the sphere is in<br />
position C = [πr 2 x – (2/3)πr 3 ]<br />
Atmospheric pressure = h cm of water<br />
Let the pressure of compressed air be p cm of water.<br />
L<br />
d<br />
According to Boyle's Law (assuming no change in<br />
the temperature of compressed air)<br />
p[πr 2 x – (2/3)πr 3 ] = h[πr 2 L – (2/3)πr 3 ]<br />
or p[x – (2r/3) = h[L – (2r/3)] ...(1)<br />
In the equilibrium position C, the weight of the<br />
sphere is balanced by the difference of vertical thrust<br />
on either side due to atmospheric and compressed air.<br />
Hence, πr 2 (p – h)g = mg = (4/3)πr 3 sg<br />
or p – h = (4/3)rs ...(2)<br />
From equation (1) and (2), we get<br />
h(3L<br />
− 2r)<br />
x =<br />
+<br />
3p<br />
h(3L − 2r)<br />
or x =<br />
+<br />
3h + 4rs<br />
or x =<br />
2<br />
9hL + 2d s<br />
9h + 6ds<br />
2r<br />
3<br />
A<br />
C<br />
x<br />
2 r 9hL + 8r s<br />
=<br />
3 3(3h + 4rs)<br />
4. Given the position of the object O and the image I as<br />
shown in the figure. Find (a) the position of the<br />
convex lens (b) its focal length and the magnification<br />
of the image. Verify graphically.<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
–1<br />
–2<br />
Y<br />
O<br />
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14<br />
Sol. A ray of light from the object passes undeviated<br />
through the optic centre of the lens (C) and also the<br />
image I. So join OI.<br />
So it cuts the principal axis XY and C. So AB is the<br />
position of the lens. A ray parallel to the principal<br />
axis from the object after refraction meets the<br />
principal axis at F. F is the focus.<br />
2<br />
I<br />
X<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 23 DECEMBER 2009
X<br />
O<br />
4<br />
C<br />
A<br />
8 F<br />
B<br />
10.4<br />
14<br />
F is at a distance 2.4 cm from C.<br />
∴ Focal length of lens = 2.4 × 10 = 24 cm<br />
By calculation<br />
1 1 1 = –<br />
f v u<br />
1 1<br />
= – 60 − 40<br />
∴ f = 24 cm<br />
100 1<br />
= = 2400 24<br />
v 60 3<br />
Magnification = = = u 40 2<br />
=<br />
=<br />
length of image<br />
length of object<br />
3 mm<br />
2 mm<br />
= 2<br />
3<br />
5. Calculate the magnetic field B at the point P shown<br />
in the figure. Assume that i = 10 A and a = 8.0 cm.<br />
B a/4<br />
a<br />
4<br />
i<br />
A<br />
P<br />
i<br />
Sol. First of all, we determine the expression of B at a<br />
distance R from a straight conductor of length l.<br />
x<br />
x 2<br />
x 1<br />
φ<br />
dx<br />
i<br />
R<br />
Consider a typical element dx. The magnitude of the<br />
contribution dB of this element to the magnetic field<br />
at P as found from Biot-Savart's law is<br />
r<br />
C<br />
i<br />
D<br />
I<br />
X<br />
µ 0idxsin<br />
θ<br />
dB =<br />
...(i)<br />
2<br />
4πr<br />
Since, the direction of the contribution dB at the<br />
point P for all elements are identical viz, at right<br />
angle into the plane of the figure, the resultant field is<br />
obtained by simply integration equation (i), which<br />
gives<br />
x<br />
B =<br />
∫ 2 µ 0i<br />
dB =<br />
4π<br />
x1<br />
x 2<br />
∫<br />
x1<br />
sin θdx<br />
where, sin θ = r<br />
R and r = (x 2 + R 2 ) 1/2<br />
µ 0iR<br />
∴ B =<br />
4π<br />
x2<br />
r<br />
∫<br />
+<br />
x1<br />
2<br />
dx<br />
2 2<br />
( x R )<br />
3/ 2<br />
Let x = R tan φ, such that dx = R sec 2 φ dφ<br />
At x = x 1 φ 1 = tan –1 ⎛ x ⎞<br />
⎜ 1<br />
⎟ and x = x 2 ,<br />
⎝ R ⎠<br />
x 2<br />
φ 2 = tan –1 ⎛ ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ R ⎠<br />
Also, x 2 + R 2 = R 2 tan 2 φ + R 2 = R 2 sec 2 φ<br />
Hence, equation (ii) becomes<br />
B =<br />
µ 0iR<br />
4π<br />
∫ − 1 x<br />
tan<br />
2<br />
R<br />
−1<br />
x<br />
tan<br />
1<br />
R<br />
µ tan<br />
=<br />
∫ −<br />
0iR<br />
−<br />
4π<br />
tan<br />
1 x2<br />
R<br />
1 x1<br />
R<br />
R sec<br />
R<br />
3<br />
sec<br />
2<br />
2<br />
φ<br />
φ<br />
cosφ<br />
dφ<br />
...(ii)<br />
µ 0 iR ⎡ ⎛ −1<br />
x 2 ⎞ ⎛ −1<br />
x1<br />
⎞⎤<br />
= ⎢sin⎜<br />
tan ⎟ − sin⎜<br />
tan ⎟⎥ ...(iii)<br />
4π<br />
⎣ ⎝ R ⎠ ⎝ R ⎠ ⎦<br />
Let, z = tan –1 ⎛ x ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟ ,<br />
⎝ R ⎠<br />
x<br />
Thus, tan z = R<br />
⇒<br />
sin z<br />
1−<br />
sin<br />
2<br />
z<br />
= R<br />
x<br />
⇒ R 2 sin 2 z = x 2 (1 – sin 2 z)<br />
⇒ sin 2 z(R 2 + x 2 ) = x 2<br />
⇒ sin z =<br />
x<br />
2<br />
x<br />
+ R<br />
⎛<br />
⇒ z = sin –1 ⎟ ⎟ ⎞<br />
⎜ x<br />
⎜<br />
⎝ x 2 + R<br />
2 ⎠<br />
2<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 24 DECEMBER 2009
Hence, equation (iii) becomes<br />
µ<br />
⎡<br />
⎤<br />
0i<br />
B = ⎢<br />
x 2 x1<br />
− ⎥ ...(iv)<br />
4πR<br />
⎢ 2 2 2 2 ⎥<br />
⎣ x 2 + R x1<br />
+ R ⎦<br />
Applying the equation (iv) to the given problem<br />
For AB, we get<br />
⎛ 3 ⎞ a a<br />
x 1 = – ⎜ ⎟ a, x2 = and R =<br />
⎝ 4 ⎠ 9 4<br />
Hence, B 1 =<br />
For BC :<br />
⎡<br />
⎢<br />
µ 0i<br />
⎢<br />
⎛ a ⎞ ⎢<br />
4π⎜<br />
⎟ ⎢<br />
⎝ 4 ⎠ ⎢⎣<br />
a<br />
4<br />
2 2<br />
a a<br />
+<br />
16 16<br />
µ<br />
= 0 i ⎛ 1 3<br />
⎟ ⎞<br />
⎜ +<br />
πa<br />
⎝ 2 10 ⎠<br />
− a 3a<br />
x 1 = , x2 =<br />
4 4<br />
This also gives<br />
For CD :<br />
∴ Β 3 =<br />
For DA :<br />
µ<br />
B 2 = 0 i ⎛ 1 3<br />
⎜ +<br />
πa<br />
⎝ 2 10<br />
x 1 = 4<br />
a , x2 =<br />
⎡<br />
⎢<br />
µ 0i<br />
⎢<br />
⎛ − 3a ⎞ ⎢<br />
4π⎜<br />
⎟ ⎢<br />
⎝ 4 ⎠ ⎢⎣<br />
−3a<br />
4<br />
= µ i ⎡ 1 1 ⎤<br />
0<br />
⎢ + ⎥<br />
3πa<br />
⎣ 10 2 ⎦<br />
x 1 =<br />
−<br />
and R = 4<br />
a<br />
⎟ ⎞<br />
⎠<br />
and R =<br />
− 3a<br />
4<br />
2 2<br />
9a 9a<br />
+<br />
16 16<br />
−<br />
3 a −a<br />
3a<br />
, x2 = and R =<br />
4 4 4<br />
⎛ − 3 ⎞ ⎤<br />
⎜ ⎟a<br />
⎥<br />
⎝ 4 ⎠ ⎥<br />
2 2 ⎥<br />
9a a<br />
+ ⎥<br />
16 16 ⎥⎦<br />
−3a<br />
4<br />
a<br />
⎤<br />
⎥<br />
4 ⎥<br />
2 2 ⎥<br />
a 9a<br />
+ ⎥<br />
16 16 ⎥⎦<br />
This also gives B 4 = µ i ⎡ 1 1 ⎤<br />
0<br />
⎢ + ⎥<br />
3πa<br />
⎣ 10 2 ⎦<br />
Total magnitude at magnetic field,<br />
B = B 1 + B 2 + B 3 + B 4<br />
= µ i ⎡ 1 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 ⎤<br />
0<br />
⎢ + + + + + + + ⎥<br />
πa<br />
⎣ 2 10 2 10 3 10 3 2 3 10 3 2 ⎦<br />
2µ<br />
= 0 i<br />
( 10 + 2 2)<br />
3πa<br />
= 2.0 × 10 4 T<br />
MEMORABLE POINTS<br />
• Can a current be measured by a voltameter ?<br />
Yes, direct current can be<br />
measured by a voltameter<br />
• The equivalent resistance of n resistances each equal to r<br />
and connected in parallel is given by<br />
r/n<br />
• Repeated use of which digital gate or gates can<br />
produce all the three basic gates (OR, AND and<br />
NOT)<br />
NAND gate and NOR gate<br />
• What is Turnbull's blue ? Fe 4 [Fe(CN) 6 ] 3<br />
• An hypothesis tested by experiments is known as<br />
Theory<br />
• What is magnesia alba ? Mg(OH) 2 .MgCO 3 .3 H 2 O<br />
• The humidity of air is measured by<br />
Hygrometer<br />
• What is oleum ? H 2 S 2 O 7<br />
Also known as fuming sulphuric acid<br />
• Vulcanised rubber was invented by<br />
Charies Goodyear (1839)<br />
• An amino acid which does not contain a chiral<br />
centre.<br />
Glycine [NH 2 –CH 2 –COOH]<br />
• Scientist who perfected the technique for converting<br />
pig iron into steel. Hynry Besemer (1856)<br />
• When the pH of the blood is lower than the normal<br />
value, this condition is known as Acidosis<br />
• The electrolytic method of obtaining aluminium<br />
from bauxite was first developed by<br />
Charles Hall (1886)<br />
• Which compound possesses characteristic smell like<br />
that of mustard oil ?<br />
Ethyl isothiocyanate [C 2 H 5 N = C = S]<br />
• First solar battery was developed in the<br />
Bell Telephone Laboratory (1954)<br />
• What is Wilkinson's catalyst ?<br />
tris (triphenylphosphine) chlororhodlum (I)<br />
• In 1836 the galvanised iron was introduced first in<br />
France<br />
• What is caro's acid ?<br />
Permonosulphuric acid [H 2 SO 5 ]<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 25 DECEMBER 2009
PHYSICS FUNDAMENTAL FOR <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong><br />
Reflection at plane & curved surfaces<br />
KEY CONCEPTS & PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY<br />
Key Concepts :<br />
(a) Due to reflection, none of frequency, wavelength<br />
and speed of light change.<br />
(b) Law of reflection :<br />
Incident ray, reflected ray and normal on incident<br />
point are coplanar.<br />
The angle of incidence is equal to angle of<br />
reflection<br />
Incident n Reflected<br />
Ray Ray<br />
θ θ<br />
Plane surface<br />
Convex<br />
surface<br />
n<br />
α α<br />
n<br />
Tangent<br />
θ θ<br />
at point P<br />
P<br />
Convex surface<br />
A<br />
Tangent<br />
at point P<br />
Some important points : In case of plane mirror<br />
For real object, image is virtual.<br />
For virtual object, image is real.<br />
The converging point of incident beam behaves as a<br />
object.<br />
If incident beam on optical instrument (mirror, lens<br />
etc) is converging in nature, object is virtual.<br />
If incident beam on optical instrument is diverging in<br />
nature, the object is real.<br />
The converging point of reflected or refracted beam<br />
from an optical instrument behaves as image.<br />
If reflected beam or refracted beam from an optical<br />
instrument is converging in nature, image is real.<br />
P<br />
Virtual<br />
Object<br />
P<br />
Real<br />
Object<br />
P<br />
Real<br />
Object<br />
n<br />
n<br />
P<br />
Virual<br />
Object<br />
If reflected beam or refracted beam from an optical<br />
instrument is diverging in nature, image is virtual.<br />
For solving the problem, the reference frame is<br />
chosen in which optical instrument (mirror, lens, etc.)<br />
is in rest.<br />
The formation of image and size of image is<br />
independent of size of mirror.<br />
Visual region and intensity of image depend on size<br />
of mirror.<br />
P<br />
n<br />
If the plane mirror is rotated through an angle θ, the<br />
reflected ray and image is rotated through an angle 2θ<br />
in the same sense.<br />
If mirror is cut into a number of pieces, then the focal<br />
length does not change.<br />
The minimum height of mirror required to see the full<br />
image of a man of height h is h/2.<br />
Object<br />
vsinθ<br />
Object<br />
Object<br />
v<br />
Rest<br />
v<br />
θ<br />
vcosθ<br />
v<br />
v<br />
θ<br />
θ<br />
α<br />
α<br />
Image<br />
Rest<br />
vsinθ<br />
vcosθ Image<br />
v m<br />
2v m –v<br />
Image<br />
P'<br />
P<br />
n<br />
Real<br />
n<br />
Object<br />
α<br />
α<br />
α<br />
α<br />
P'<br />
Virual<br />
Object<br />
Object<br />
In rest<br />
v m<br />
Image<br />
2v m<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 26 DECEMBER 2009
Object<br />
v<br />
v m<br />
2v m +v<br />
Image<br />
(c) Number of images formed by combination of<br />
two plane mirrors : The images formed by<br />
combination of two plane mirror are lying on a<br />
circle whose centre is at the meeting points of<br />
mirrors. Also, object is lying on that circle.<br />
360º<br />
Here, n =<br />
θ<br />
where θ = angle between mirrors.<br />
360º<br />
If is even number, the number of images is<br />
θ<br />
n – 1.<br />
360º<br />
If θ<br />
is odd number and object is placed on<br />
bisector of angle between mirror, then number of<br />
images is n – 1.<br />
360º<br />
If is odd and object is not situated on<br />
θ<br />
bisector of angle between mirrors, then the<br />
number of images is equal to n.<br />
(d) Law of reflection in vector form :<br />
Let ê 1 = unit vector along incident ray.<br />
ê 2 = unit vector along reflected ray<br />
nˆ = unit vector along normal on point of<br />
Incidence<br />
Then ê 2 =<br />
ê 2(ê1<br />
1 −<br />
n<br />
nˆ<br />
.nˆ ) nˆ<br />
ê1<br />
ê 2<br />
(e) Spherical mirrors :<br />
It easy to solve the problems in geometrical optics<br />
by the help of co-ordinate sign convention.<br />
x'<br />
y<br />
y'<br />
y<br />
x<br />
x'<br />
y<br />
y'<br />
x' x x'<br />
y'<br />
y'<br />
1 1<br />
The mirror formula is +<br />
v u<br />
Also, R = 2f<br />
y<br />
x<br />
x<br />
=<br />
1<br />
f<br />
x'<br />
y<br />
y'<br />
x<br />
These formulae are only applicable for paraxial<br />
rays.<br />
All distances are measured from optical centre. It<br />
means optical centre is taken as origin.<br />
The sign conventions are only applicable in given<br />
values.<br />
The transverse magnification is<br />
image size −v<br />
β =<br />
=<br />
object size u<br />
1. If object and image both are real, β is negative.<br />
2. If object and image both are virtual, β is negative.<br />
3. If object is real but image is virtual, β is positive.<br />
4. If object is virtual but image is real, β is positive.<br />
5. Image of star; moon or distant object is formed at<br />
focus of mirror.<br />
If y = the distance of sun or moon from earth.<br />
D = diameter of moon or sun's disc<br />
f = focal length of the mirror<br />
d = diameter of the image<br />
θ = the angle subtended by sun or moon's disc<br />
D d<br />
Then tan θ = θ = = y f<br />
Here, θ is in radian.<br />
Sun<br />
D<br />
d<br />
F<br />
Problem solving strategy :<br />
Image formation by mirrors<br />
Step 1: Identify the relevant concepts : There are<br />
two different and complementary ways to solve<br />
problems involving image formation by mirrors. One<br />
approach uses equations, while the other involves<br />
drawing a principle-ray diagram. A successful<br />
problem solution uses both approaches.<br />
Step 2: Set up the problem : Determine the target<br />
variables. The three key quantities are the focal<br />
length, object distance, and image distance; typically<br />
you'll be given two of these and will have to<br />
determine the third.<br />
Step 3: Execute the solution as follows :<br />
The principal-ray diagram is to geometric optics<br />
what the free-body diagram is to mechanics. In<br />
any problem involving image formation by a<br />
mirror, always draw a principal-ray diagram first<br />
if you have enough information. (The same<br />
θ<br />
θ<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 27 DECEMBER 2009
advice should be followed when dealing with<br />
lenses in the following sections.)<br />
It is usually best to orient your diagrams<br />
consistently with the incoming rays traveling<br />
from left to right. Don't draw a lot of other rays at<br />
random ; stick with the principal rays, the ones<br />
you know something about. Use a ruler and<br />
measure distance carefully ! A freehand sketch<br />
will not give good results.<br />
If your principal rays don't converge at a real<br />
image point, you may have to extend them<br />
straight backward to locate a virtual image point,<br />
as figure (b). We recommend drawing the<br />
extensions with broken lines. Another useful aid<br />
is to color-code the different principal rays, as is<br />
done in figure(a) & (b).<br />
Q<br />
P<br />
Q<br />
P<br />
4<br />
3<br />
I<br />
2<br />
4<br />
1<br />
4<br />
2 2<br />
2<br />
1<br />
(b)<br />
4<br />
C<br />
1<br />
3<br />
(a)<br />
v<br />
P'<br />
Q'<br />
F<br />
Q'<br />
3<br />
P' F<br />
1 1 1<br />
Check your results using Eq. + = and the<br />
s s' f<br />
y'<br />
s'<br />
magnification equation m = = − . The<br />
y s<br />
results you find using this equation must be<br />
consistent with your principal-ray diagram; if not,<br />
double-check both your calculation and your<br />
diagram.<br />
Pay careful attention to signs on object and image<br />
distances, radii or curvature, and object and image<br />
heights. A negative sign on any of these<br />
quantities always has significance. Use the<br />
equations and the sign rules carefully and<br />
consistently, and they will tell you the truth !<br />
Note that the same sign rules (given in section)<br />
work for all four cases in this chapter : reflection<br />
and refraction from plane and spherical surfaces.<br />
Step 4: Evaluate your answer : You've already<br />
checked your results by using both diagrams and<br />
equations. But it always helps to take a look back<br />
and ask yourself. "Do these results make sense ?".<br />
v<br />
C<br />
1. How will you arrange the two mirrors so that<br />
whatever may be the angle of incidence, the incident<br />
ray and the reflected ray from the two mirrors will be<br />
parallel to each other.<br />
Sol.<br />
B<br />
A<br />
Solved Examples<br />
θ<br />
P<br />
Q<br />
i 1 i 2<br />
i 1 i 2<br />
The total deviation of the ray is given by<br />
δ =180 – 2i 1 + 180 – 2i 2<br />
= 360 – 2(i 1 + i 2 )<br />
For the resultant ray to be parallel, δ should be 180º<br />
∴ 360 – 2(i 1 + i 2 ) = 180<br />
i.e., i 1 + i 2 = 90º<br />
From the geometry of the figure i 1 + i 2 = θ<br />
θ Angle between the mirrors should be 90º.<br />
2. Rays of light strike a horizontal plane mirror at an<br />
angle of 45º. At what angle should a second plane<br />
mirror be placed in order that the reflected ray finally<br />
be reflected horizontally from the second mirror.<br />
Sol. The situation is shown in figure<br />
C G<br />
A<br />
S θ θ<br />
D<br />
P<br />
45º<br />
45º<br />
B<br />
N<br />
Q<br />
The ray AB strikes the first plane mirror PQ at an<br />
angle of 45º. Now, we suppose that the second<br />
mirror SG is arranged such that the ray BC after<br />
reflection from this mirror is horizontal.<br />
From the figure we see that emergent ray CD is<br />
parallel to PQ and BC is a line intersecting these<br />
parallel lines.<br />
So, ∠DCE = ∠CBQ = 180º<br />
∠DCN + ∠NCB + ∠CBQ = 180º<br />
θ + θ + 45º = 180º ∴ θ = 67.5º<br />
As ∠NCS = 90º, therefore the second mirror should<br />
be inclined to the horizontal at an angle 22.5º.<br />
3. An object is placed exactly midway between a<br />
concave mirror of radius of curvature 40 cm and a<br />
convex mirror of radius of curvature 30 cm. The<br />
mirrors face each other and are 50 cm apart.<br />
Determine the nature and position of the image<br />
formed by the successive reflections, first at the<br />
concave mirror and then at the convex mirror.<br />
C<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 28 DECEMBER 2009
Sol. The image formation is shown in figure.<br />
I 1<br />
I 2<br />
P 2 C<br />
r = 30 cm<br />
50cm<br />
F<br />
25cm<br />
P 1<br />
r = 40 cm<br />
(i) For concave mirror,<br />
u 1 = 25 cm, f 1 = 20 cm and v 1 = ?<br />
1 1 1<br />
Now = +<br />
f 1 u1 v1<br />
1 1 1<br />
or = +<br />
20 25 v1<br />
v 1 = 100 cm.<br />
As v 1 is positive, hence the image is real. In the<br />
absence of convex mirror, the rays after reflection<br />
from concave mirror would have formed a real image<br />
I 1 at distance 100 cm from the mirror. Due to the<br />
presence of convex mirror, the rays are reflected and<br />
appear to come from I 2 .<br />
(ii) For convex mirror,<br />
In this case, I 1 acts as virtual object and I 2 is the<br />
virtual image.<br />
The distance of the virtual object from the convex<br />
mirror is 100 – 50 = 50 cm. Hence u 2 = –50 cm.<br />
As focal length of convex mirror is negative and<br />
hence f 2 = –30/2 = –15 cm. Here we shall calculate<br />
the value of v 2 . Using the mirror formula, we have<br />
1 1 1<br />
− = − +<br />
15 50 v 2<br />
or v 2 = –21.42 cm<br />
As v 2 is negative, image is virtual. So image is<br />
formed behind the convex mirror at a distance of<br />
21.43 cm.<br />
4. A convex and a concave mirror each 30 cm in radius<br />
are placed opposite to each other 60 cm apart on the<br />
same axis. An object 5 cm in height is placed<br />
midway between them. Find the position and size of<br />
the image formed by reflection, first at convex and<br />
then at the concave mirror.<br />
Sol. The image formation is shown in figure.<br />
P 2<br />
I 2<br />
O<br />
P 1 I 1<br />
r = 30 cm r = 30 cm<br />
(i) For convex mirror,<br />
u 1 = +30 m, f 1 = –15 cm and v 1 = ?<br />
1 1 1<br />
∴ − = +<br />
15 50 v 1<br />
or v 1 = –10 cm<br />
The image will be virtual. This is formed at I 1 behind<br />
the convex mirror at a distance of 10 cm. The image<br />
I 1 acts as an object for convex mirror.<br />
(ii) For concave mirror,<br />
u 2 = P 2 I 1 = 60 + 10 = 70 cm,<br />
f 2 = +15 cm and v 2 = ?<br />
1 1 1<br />
∴ = +<br />
15 70 v2<br />
Solving we get, v 2 = (210/11) cm.<br />
As v 2 is positive, the image I 2 is formed in front of<br />
concave mirror at a distance of (210/11) cm.<br />
Magnification m 1 for first reflection<br />
v 1 10 1<br />
= = =<br />
u1<br />
30 3<br />
Magnification m 2 for second reflection<br />
v 2 (210/11) 3<br />
= = =<br />
u 2 70 11<br />
1 3 1<br />
Final magnification = m 1 × m 2 = × = 3 11 11<br />
∴ Size of the image = 5 × 11<br />
1 = 11<br />
5<br />
5. An object is placed infront of a convex mirror at a<br />
distance of 50 cm. A plane mirror is introduced<br />
covering the lower half of the convex mirror. If the<br />
distance between the object and the plane mirror is 30<br />
cm it is found that there is no parallex between the<br />
images formed by the two mirrors. What is the<br />
radius of curvature of the convex mirror ?<br />
Sol. Let O be the object placed infront of a convex mirror<br />
MM' at a distance of 50 cm as shown in figure. The<br />
distance of the plane mirror NN' from the object is<br />
30. We know that in a plane mirror the image is<br />
formed behind the mirror at the same distance as the<br />
object infront of it. It is also given that there is no<br />
parallax between the images formed by the two<br />
mirrors, i.e., the image is formed at a distance of 30<br />
cm behind the plane mirror.<br />
For convex mirror,<br />
u = 50 cm, v = 10 cm [Q QP = QN – PN]<br />
as v is negative in convex mirror.<br />
M<br />
Q<br />
M'<br />
P<br />
20cm<br />
50cm<br />
N<br />
N'<br />
30cm<br />
O<br />
1 1 1<br />
Using the mirror formula = + , we have<br />
f u v<br />
1 1 1 4<br />
50<br />
= − = − , ∴ f = −<br />
f 50 10 50<br />
4<br />
50×2<br />
Now v = 2f = − = –25 m<br />
4<br />
The radius of curvature of convex mirror is 25 cm.<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 29 DECEMBER 2009
PHYSICS FUNDAMENTAL FOR <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong><br />
Fluid Mechanics<br />
KEY CONCEPTS & PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY<br />
Hydrostatics :<br />
Pressure at a point inside a Liquid : p = p 0 + ρgh<br />
where p 0 is the atmospheric pressure, ρ is the density<br />
of the liquid and h is the depth of the point below the<br />
free surface.<br />
h<br />
p<br />
p 0<br />
ρ<br />
Hydrodynamics :<br />
Bernoulli's Theorem : 2<br />
1 v 2 + gh + ρ<br />
p = a constant<br />
for a streamline flow of a fluid (liquid or gas).<br />
Here, v is the velocity of the fluid, h is its height<br />
above some horizontal level, p is the pressure and ρ<br />
is the density.<br />
p 1<br />
v 1<br />
p 2<br />
h 2<br />
h 1<br />
v 2<br />
Pressure is a Scalar : The unit of pressure may be<br />
atmosphere or cm of mercury. These are derived<br />
units. The absolute unit of pressure is Nm –2 . Normal<br />
atmospheric pressure, i.e, 76 cm of mercury, is<br />
approximately equal to 10 5 Nm –2 .<br />
Thrust : Thrust = pressure × area. Thrust has the unit<br />
of force.<br />
Laws of liquid pressure<br />
(a) A liquid at rest exerts pressure equally in all<br />
directions.<br />
(b) Pressure at two points on the same horizontal line<br />
in a liquid at rest is the same.<br />
(c) Pressure exerted at a point in a confined liquid at<br />
rest is transmitted equally in all directions and<br />
acts normally on the wall of the containing vessel.<br />
This is called Pascal's law. A hydraulic press<br />
works on this principle of transmission of<br />
pressure.<br />
The principle of floating bodies (law of flotation) is<br />
that W = W´, that is, weight of body = weight of<br />
displaced liquid or buoyant force. The weight of the<br />
displaced liquid is also called buoyancy or upthrust.<br />
Hydrometers work on the principle of floating<br />
bodies. This principle may also be applied to gases<br />
(e.g., a balloon).<br />
Liquids and gases are together called fluids. The<br />
important difference between them is that liquids<br />
cannot be compressed, while gases can be<br />
compressed. Hence, the density of a liquid is the<br />
same everywhere and does not depend on its<br />
pressure. In the case of a gas, however, the density is<br />
proportional to the pressure.<br />
v 2 > v 1 p 2 < p 1<br />
According to this principle, the greater the velocity,<br />
the lower is the pressure in a fluid flow.<br />
It would be useful to remember that in liquid flow,<br />
the volume of liquid flowing past any point per<br />
second is the same for every point. Therefore, when<br />
the cross-section of the tube decreases, the velocity<br />
increases.<br />
Note : Density = relative density<br />
or specific gravity × 1000 kg m –3 .<br />
Surface tension and surface energy :<br />
Surface Tension : The property due to which a<br />
liquid surface tends to contract and occupy the<br />
minimum area is called the surface tension of the<br />
liquid. It is caused by forces of attraction between the<br />
molecules of the liquid. A molecule on the free<br />
surface of a liquid experiences a net resultant force<br />
which tends to draw it into the liquid. Surface tension<br />
is actually a manifestation of the forces experienced<br />
by the surface molecules.<br />
If an imaginary line is drawn on a liquid surface then<br />
the force acting per unit length of this line is defined<br />
as the surface tension. Its unit is, therefore, newton /<br />
metre. This force acts along the liquid surface. For<br />
curved surfaces, the force is tangent to the liquid<br />
surface at every point.<br />
Surface Energy : A liquid surface possesses<br />
potential energy due to surface tension. This energy<br />
per unit area of the surface is called the surface<br />
energy of the liquid. Its units is joule per square<br />
metre. The surface energy of a liquid has the same<br />
numerical values as the surface tension. The surface<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 30 DECEMBER 2009
tension of a liquid depends on temperature. It<br />
decreases with rise in temperature.<br />
Excess of Pressure : Inside a soap bubble or a gas<br />
bubble inside a liquid, there must be pressure in<br />
excess of the outside pressure to balance the tendency<br />
of the liquid surface to contract due to surface<br />
tension.<br />
⎛<br />
p(excess of pressure) = T<br />
⎜<br />
⎝<br />
1<br />
r<br />
1<br />
+<br />
1 r 2<br />
⎟ ⎞<br />
⎠<br />
in general<br />
where T is surface tension of the liquid, and r 1 and r 2<br />
are the principal radii of curvature of the bubble in<br />
two mutually perpendicular directions.<br />
For a spherical soap bubble, r 1 = r 2 = r and there are<br />
two free surfaces of the liquid.<br />
4T<br />
∴ p = r<br />
For a gas bubble inside a liquid, r 1 = r 2 = r and there<br />
is only one surface.<br />
2T<br />
∴ p = r<br />
For a cylindrical surface r 1 = r and r 2 = ∞ and there<br />
are two surfaces.<br />
2T<br />
∴ p = r<br />
Angle of Contact : The angle made by the surface of<br />
a liquid with the solid surface inside of a liquid at the<br />
point of contact is called the angle of contact. It is at<br />
this angle that the surface tension acts on the wall of<br />
the container.<br />
The angle of contact θ depends on the natures of the<br />
liquid and solid in contact. If the liquid wets the solid<br />
(e.g., water and glass), the angle of contact is zero. In<br />
most cases, θ is acute (figure i). In the special case of<br />
mercury on glass, θ is obtuse (figure ii).<br />
θ<br />
fig. (i)<br />
θ<br />
fig. (ii)<br />
Rise of Liquid in a Capillary Tube : In a thin<br />
(capacity) tube, the free surface of the liquid becomes<br />
curved. The forces of surface tension at the edges of<br />
the liquid surface then acquire a vertical component.<br />
h<br />
T θ<br />
θ<br />
meniscus<br />
r<br />
θ<br />
θ<br />
T<br />
The upward force by which a liquid surface is pulled<br />
up in a capillary tube is 2πrTcos θ, and the downward<br />
force due to the gravitational pull on the mass of<br />
liquid in the tube is (πr2h + v)ρg, where v is the<br />
volume above the liquid meniscus. If θ = 0º, the<br />
meniscus is hemispherical in shape. Then v =<br />
difference between the volume of the cylinder of<br />
radius r and height r and the volume of the<br />
hemisphere of radius r<br />
= πr 3 – 3<br />
2 πr 3 = 3<br />
1 πr<br />
3<br />
When θ ≠ 0, we cannot calculate v which is generally<br />
very small and so it may be neglected. For<br />
equilibrium<br />
(πr 2 h + v) ρg = 2πrT cos θ<br />
When a glass capillary tube is dipper in mercury, the<br />
meniscus is convex, since the angle of contact is<br />
obtuse. The surface tension forces now acquire a<br />
downward component, and the level of mercury<br />
inside the tube the falls below the level outside it. the<br />
relation 2T cos θ = hρgr may be used to obtain the<br />
fall in the mercury level.<br />
Problem Solving Strategy<br />
Bernoulli's Equations :<br />
Bernoulli's equation is derived from the work-energy<br />
theorem, so it is not surprising that much of the<br />
problem-solving strategy suggested in W.E.P. also<br />
applicable here.<br />
Step 1: Identify the relevant concepts : First ensure<br />
that the fluid flow is steady and that fluid is<br />
incompressible and has no internal friction. This case<br />
is an idealization, but it hold up surprisingly well for<br />
fluids flowing through sufficiently large pipes and for<br />
flows within bulk fluids (e.g., air flowing around an<br />
airplane or water flowing around a fish).<br />
Step 2: Set up the problem using the following steps<br />
Always begin by identifying clearly the points 1<br />
and 2 referred to in Bernoulli's equation.<br />
Define your coordinate system, particular the<br />
level at which y = 0.<br />
Make lists of the unknown and known quantities<br />
in Eq. p 1 + ρgy 1 + 2<br />
1<br />
ρv1 2 = p 2 + ρgy 2 + 2<br />
1<br />
ρv2<br />
2<br />
(Bernoulli's equation)<br />
The variables are p 1 , p 2 , v 1 , v 2 , y 1 and y 2 , and the<br />
constants are ρ and g. Decide which unknowns<br />
are your target variables.<br />
Step 3: Execute the solutions as follows : Write<br />
Bernoulli's equation and solve for the unknowns. In<br />
some problems you will need to use the continuity<br />
equation, Eq. A 1 v 1 = A 2 v 2 (continuity equation,<br />
incompressible fluid), to get a relation between the<br />
two speeds in terms of cross-sectional areas of pipes<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 31 DECEMBER 2009
or containers. Or perhaps you will know both speeds<br />
and need to determine one of the areas. You may also<br />
dV<br />
need to use Eq. = Av (volume flow rate) to find<br />
dt<br />
the volume flow rate.<br />
Step 4: Evaluate your answer : As always, verify that<br />
the results make physical sense. Double-check that<br />
you have used consistent units. In SI units, pressure is<br />
in pascals, density in kilograms per cubic meter, and<br />
speed in meters per second. Also note that the<br />
pressures must be either all absolute pressure or all<br />
gauge pressures.<br />
Solved Examples<br />
1. A vertical U-tube of uniform cross-section contains<br />
mercury in both arms. A glycerine (relative density<br />
1.3) column of length 10 cm is introduced into one of<br />
the arms. Oil of density 800 kg m –3 is poured into the<br />
other arm until the upper surface of the oil and<br />
glycerine are at the same horizontal level. Find the<br />
length of the oil column. Density of mercury is 13.6<br />
× 10 3 kg m –3 .<br />
Sol. Draw a horizontal line through the mercury-glycerine<br />
surface. This is a horizontal line in the same liquid at<br />
rest namely, mercury. Therefore, pressure at the<br />
points A and B must be the same.<br />
(1 – h)<br />
A<br />
h<br />
B<br />
10 cm<br />
Pressure at B<br />
= p 0 + 0.1 × (1.3 × 1000) × g<br />
Pressure at A<br />
= p 0 + h × 800 × g + (0.1 – h) × 13.6 × 1000g<br />
∴ p 0 + 0.1 × 1300 × g<br />
= p 0 + 800gh + 1360g – 13600 × g × h<br />
⇒ 130 = 800h + 1360 – 13600h<br />
1230<br />
⇒ h = = 0.096 m = 9.6 cm<br />
12800<br />
H<br />
x<br />
•1<br />
•2<br />
•3<br />
2<br />
p 0 1 +<br />
2 p 1<br />
v 1 + gH = +<br />
2<br />
v 2 + g (h – x)<br />
ρ 2 ρ 2<br />
p 0 1<br />
= +<br />
2<br />
v 3 + 0<br />
ρ 2<br />
By continuity equation<br />
v 1A 1 = A 2 v 2 = A 2 v 3<br />
Since A 1 >> A 2 ,v 1 is negligible and v 2 = v 3 = n (say).<br />
∴<br />
p p + gH =<br />
2 1 + v 2 + g (h – x)<br />
ρ 2<br />
0<br />
ρ<br />
p 0 1<br />
= + v<br />
2<br />
ρ 2<br />
∴ v = 2 gH<br />
(i)<br />
p 0 p<br />
and + gH =<br />
2 + gH + g (h – x)<br />
ρ ρ<br />
⇒ p 0 + p 2 + ρg (h – x)<br />
⇒ p 2 = p 0 – ρg (h – x) (ii)<br />
Thus pressure varies with distance from the upper<br />
end of the pipe according to equation (ii) and velocity<br />
is a constant and is given by (i).<br />
3. A rod of length 6m has a mass of 12 kg. It is hinged<br />
at one end at a distance of 3 m below the water<br />
surface.<br />
(i) What weight must be attached to the other end so<br />
that 5 m of the rod is submerged ?<br />
(ii) Find the magnitude and direction of the force<br />
exerted by the hinge on the rod. The specific gravity<br />
of the material of the rod is 0.5<br />
Sol. Mass per unit length of the rod is 2 kg. Therefore,<br />
mass of the submerged portion of the rod is 10 kg and<br />
10<br />
its volume = m 3 (using the simple formula,<br />
500<br />
mass<br />
volume = and density = specific gravity ×<br />
density<br />
h<br />
2. A liquid flows out of a broad vessel through a narrow<br />
vertical pipe. How are the pressure and the velocity<br />
of the liquid in the pipe distributed when the height<br />
of the liquid level in the vessel is H from the lower<br />
end of the length of the pipe is h ?<br />
Sol. Let us consider three points 1, 2, 3 in the flow of<br />
water. The positions of the points are as shown in the<br />
figure.<br />
Applying Bernoulli's theorem to points 1, 2 and 3<br />
1000 kg m –3 ).<br />
3m<br />
H<br />
A<br />
N<br />
F b<br />
θ<br />
O<br />
O´<br />
12 kgf<br />
C<br />
B<br />
W<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 32 DECEMBER 2009
Therefore, buoyant force<br />
10<br />
F b = × 1000 = 20 kgf<br />
500<br />
Let N and H be the vertical downward and horizontal<br />
reactions of the hinge on the rod. Considering<br />
horizontal and vertical translational equilibrium of<br />
the rod, N + 12 + W = 20 (where W is the weight to<br />
be attached and H = 0).<br />
N + W = 8 and H = 0 ..(i)<br />
Considering the rotational equilibrium of the rod<br />
about A<br />
–20 × g × 2.5 cos θ + 12 × g × 3 cos θ + W × 6 cos θ = 0<br />
⇒ 6W = 50g – 36g = 14g<br />
⇒ W = 3<br />
7 g = 3<br />
7 kgf<br />
7 17<br />
Ν = 8 – = kgf 3 3<br />
4. The end of a capillary tube with a radius r is<br />
immersed in water. Is mechanical energy conserved<br />
when the water rises in the tube ? The tube is<br />
sufficiently long. If not, calculate the energy change.<br />
Sol. In the equilibrium position (θ = 0º for pure water and<br />
glass)<br />
2πrT cos 0º = πr 2 hρg<br />
2T<br />
or h =<br />
ρgr<br />
2<br />
4πT<br />
Work done by surface tension = (2πrT) × h =<br />
ρg<br />
U, potential energy of water in the tube<br />
= (πr 2 hρ)gh/2; it is multiple by h/2 because the cg of<br />
the water in the capillary tube is at a height h/2.<br />
2<br />
2πT<br />
⇒ U =<br />
ρg<br />
Thus it is seen that the mechanical energy is not<br />
conserved.<br />
2 2<br />
4πT<br />
2πT<br />
∴ mechanical energy loss = –<br />
ρg<br />
ρg<br />
2πT<br />
=<br />
ρg<br />
This energy is converted into heat.<br />
5. Calculate the difference in water levels in two<br />
communicating tubes of diameter d = 1 mm and<br />
d = 1.5 mm. Surface tension of water = 0.07 Nm –1<br />
and angle of contact between glass and water = 0º.<br />
2T cosθ<br />
Sol. Pressure at A = p 0 –<br />
r 2<br />
(Q pressure inside a curved surface is greater than<br />
that outside)<br />
2T cosθ<br />
Pressure at B = p 0 –<br />
r 1<br />
2<br />
⎛<br />
∴ pressure difference = 2T cos θ<br />
⎜<br />
⎝<br />
B<br />
A<br />
1<br />
r<br />
1<br />
−<br />
1 r 2<br />
Let this pressure difference correspond to h units of<br />
the liquid.<br />
⎛ 1 1<br />
Then 2T cos θ ⎟ ⎞<br />
⎜ − = ρgh<br />
⎝ r1 r 2 ⎠<br />
2T cosθ<br />
⎛ 1 1<br />
⇒ h =<br />
⎟ ⎞<br />
⎜ −<br />
ρg<br />
⎝ r1 r 2 ⎠<br />
2×<br />
0.07 ⎛ 1 1 ⎞<br />
∴ h = ⎜ − ⎟ = 4.76 mm<br />
1000×<br />
9.8<br />
−3<br />
−3<br />
⎝1×<br />
10 1.5×<br />
10 ⎠<br />
Interesting Science Facts<br />
• The dinosaurs became extinct before the<br />
Rockies or the Alps were formed.<br />
• Female black widow spiders eat their males after<br />
mating.<br />
• When a flea jumps, the rate of acceleration is 20<br />
times that of the space shuttle during launch.<br />
• The earliest wine makers lived in Egypt around<br />
2300 BC.<br />
• If our Sun were just inch in diameter, the nearest<br />
star would be 445 miles away.<br />
• The Australian billy goat plum contains 100<br />
times more vitamin C than an orange.<br />
• Astronauts cannot belch - there is no gravity to<br />
separate liquid from gas in their stomachs.<br />
• The air at the summit of Mount Everest, 29,029<br />
feet is only a third as thick as the air at sea level.<br />
• One million, million, million, million, millionth of<br />
a second after the Big Bang the Universe was the<br />
size of a …pea.<br />
• DNA was first discovered in 1869 by Swiss<br />
Friedrich Mieschler.<br />
• The molecular structure of DNA was first<br />
determined by Watson and Crick in 1953.<br />
• The thermometer was invented in 1607 by<br />
Galileo.<br />
• Englishman Roger Bacon invented the magnifying<br />
glass in 1250.<br />
⎟ ⎞<br />
⎠<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 33 DECEMBER 2009
KEY CONCEPT<br />
Organic<br />
Chemistry<br />
Fundamentals<br />
CARBOXYLIC ACID<br />
Acidity of carboxylic acids.<br />
Fatty acids are weak acids as compared to inorganic<br />
acids. The acidic character of fatty acids decreases<br />
with increase in molecular weight. Formic acid is the<br />
strongest of all fatty acids.<br />
The acidic character of carboxylic acids is due to<br />
resonance in the acidic group which imparts electron<br />
deficiency (positive charge) on the oxygen atom of<br />
the hydroxyl group (structure II).<br />
O<br />
R C O H<br />
I<br />
Non-equivalent structures<br />
O –<br />
R C<br />
+<br />
O H<br />
II<br />
(Resonance less important)<br />
O –<br />
R C O + H +<br />
The positive charge (electron deficiency) on oxygen<br />
atom causes a displacement of electron pair of the<br />
O—H bond towards the oxygen atom with the result<br />
the hydrogen atom of the O—H group is eliminated<br />
as proton and a carboxylate ion is formed.<br />
Once the carboxylate ion is formed, it is stabilised by<br />
means of resonance.<br />
O<br />
O –<br />
R C<br />
R C<br />
O – O<br />
Resonating forms of carboxylate ion (Equivalent structures)<br />
(Resonance more important)<br />
R<br />
C<br />
O<br />
O<br />
Resonance hybrid of carboxylate ion<br />
Due to equivalent resonating structures, resonance in<br />
carboxylate anion is more important than in the<br />
parent carboxylic acid. Hence carboxylate anion is<br />
more stabilised than the acid itself and hence the<br />
equilibrium of the ionisation of carboxylic acids to<br />
the right hand side.<br />
RCOOH RCOO – + H +<br />
The existence of resonance in carboxylate ion is<br />
supported by bond lengths. For example, in formic<br />
acid, there is one C=O double bond (1.23 Å) and one<br />
C—O single bond (1.36Å), while in sodium formate<br />
both of the carbon-oxygen bond lengths are identical<br />
–<br />
(1.27Å) which is nearly intermediate between C O<br />
and C—O bond length values. This proves resonance<br />
in carboxylate anion.<br />
H<br />
C<br />
O<br />
Formic acid<br />
OH<br />
H<br />
C<br />
O<br />
O<br />
–<br />
Sodium formate<br />
Na +<br />
It is important to note that although carboxylic acids<br />
and alcohols both contain –OH group, the latter are<br />
not acidic in nature. It is due to the absence of<br />
resonance (factor responsible for acidic character of<br />
–COOH) in both the alcohols as well as in their<br />
corresponding ions (alkoxide ions).<br />
R—O—H R—O – + H +<br />
Alcohol<br />
Alkoxide ion<br />
(No resonance)<br />
(No resonance)<br />
Relative acidic character of carboxylic acids with<br />
common species not having —COOH group.<br />
RCOOH > Ar—OH > HOH > ROH ><br />
HC CH > NH 3 > RH<br />
Effect of Substituents on acidity.<br />
The carboxylic acids are acidic in nature because of<br />
stabilisation (i.e., dispersal of negative charge) of<br />
carboxylate ion. So any factor which can enhance the<br />
dispersal of negative charge of the carboxylate ion<br />
will increase the acidity of the carboxylic acid and<br />
vice versa. Thus electron-withdrawing substitutents<br />
(like halogens, —NO 2 , —C 6 H 5 , etc.) would disperse<br />
the negative charge and hence stabilise the<br />
carboxylate ion and thus increase acidity of the<br />
parent acid. On the other hand, electron-releasing<br />
substituents would increase the negative charge,<br />
destabilise the carboxylate ion and thus decrease<br />
acidity of the parent acid.<br />
X<br />
C<br />
The substituent X withdraws electrons, disperses negative<br />
charge, stabilises the ion and hence increases acidity<br />
–<br />
O<br />
Y C<br />
O<br />
The substituent Y releases electrons, intensifies negative<br />
charge, destabilises the ion and hence decreases acidity<br />
O<br />
O<br />
–<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 34 DECEMBER 2009
Now, since alkyl groups are electron-releasing, their<br />
presence in the molecule will decrease the acidity. In<br />
general, greater the length of the alkyl chain, lower<br />
shall be the acidity of the acid. Thus, formic acid<br />
(HCOOH), having no alkyl group, is about 10 times<br />
stronger than acetic acid (CH 3 COOH) which in turn<br />
is stronger than propanoic acid (CH 3 CH 2 COOH) and<br />
so on. Similarly, following order is observed in<br />
chloro acids.<br />
Cl<br />
Cl<br />
Cl<br />
C<br />
CO 2 H > Cl<br />
Cl<br />
H<br />
pKa 0.70 1.48<br />
H<br />
> Cl<br />
C<br />
C<br />
CO 2 H<br />
CO 2 H > H<br />
H<br />
H<br />
pKa 2.86 4.76<br />
Decreasing order of aliphatic acids<br />
(i) O 2 NCH 2 COOH > FCH 2 COOH > ClCH 2 COOH<br />
> BrCH 2 COOH<br />
(ii) HCOOH > CH 3 COOH > (CH 3 ) 2 CHCOOH<br />
> (CH 3 ) 3 CCOOH<br />
(iii) CH 3 CH 2 CCl 2 COOH > CH 3 CHCl.CHCl.COOH<br />
> ClCH 2 CHClCH 2 COOH<br />
(iv) F 3 CCOOH > Cl 3 CCOOH > Br 3 CCOOH<br />
Benzoic acid is somewhat stronger than simple<br />
aliphatic acids. Here the carboxylate group is<br />
attached to a more electronegative carbon (sp 2<br />
hybridised) than in aliphatic acids (sp 3 hybridised).<br />
HCOOH > C 6 H 5 COOH > CH 3 COOH.<br />
Nucleophilic substitution at acyl carbon :<br />
It is important to note that nucleophilic substitution<br />
(e.g., hydrolysis, reaction with NH 3 , C 2 H 5 OH, etc.) in<br />
acid derivatives (acid chlorides, anhydrides, esters<br />
and amides) takes place at acyl carbon atom<br />
(difference from nucleophilic substitution in alkyl<br />
halides where substitution takes place at alkyl carbon<br />
atom). Nucleophilic substitution in acyl halides is<br />
faster than in alkyl halides. This is due to the<br />
presence of > CO group in acid chlorides which<br />
facilitate the release of halogen as halide ion.<br />
O δ–<br />
R C Cl<br />
δ–<br />
δ+<br />
Acid chloride<br />
R δ+ δ–<br />
Cl<br />
Alkyl chloride<br />
H<br />
C<br />
CO 2 H<br />
Comparison of nucleophilic substitution (e.g.,<br />
hydrolysis) in acid derivatives. Let us first study the<br />
mechanism of such reaction.<br />
R<br />
O<br />
C Z + Nu (i) Addition step R<br />
O<br />
C Nu<br />
Z<br />
(ii) Elimination step<br />
R<br />
O<br />
C Nu + Z<br />
(where Z= —Cl, —OCOR, —OR, —NH 2 and Nu =<br />
A nucleophile)<br />
Nucleophilic substitution in acid derivatives<br />
O<br />
O<br />
OH<br />
R C R'<br />
Nu<br />
R C<br />
H<br />
Nu<br />
R C Nu<br />
R'<br />
R'<br />
(where R' = H or alkyl group)<br />
Nucleophilic addition on aldehydes and ketones<br />
The (i) step is similar to that of nucleophilic addition<br />
in aldehydes and ketones and favoured by the<br />
presence of electron withdrawing group (which<br />
would stabilise the intermediate by developing<br />
negative charge) and hindered by electron-releasing<br />
group. The (ii) step (elimination of the leaving group<br />
Z) depends upon the ability of Z to accommodate<br />
electron pair, i.e., on the basicity of the leaving<br />
group. Weaker bases are good leaving groups,<br />
hence weaker a base, the more easily it is removed.<br />
Among the four leaving groups (Cl – , – OCOR, – OR,<br />
and – NH 2 ) of the four acid derivatives, Cl – being the<br />
weakest base is eliminated most readily. The relative<br />
order of the basic nature of the four groups is<br />
– NH 2 > – OR > – O.COR > Cl –<br />
Hence acid chlorides are most reactive and acid<br />
amides are the least reactive towards nucleophilic<br />
acyl substitution. Thus, the relative reactivity of acid<br />
derivatives (acyl compounds) towards nucleophilic<br />
substitution reactions is<br />
ROCl > RCO.O.COR > RCOOR > RCONH 2<br />
Acid Acid Esters Acid<br />
chlorides anhydrides amides<br />
OH – being stronger base than Cl – , carboxylic acids<br />
(RCOOH) undergo nucleophilic substitution<br />
(esterfication) less readily than acid chlorides.<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 35 DECEMBER 2009
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 36 DECEMBER 2009
CAREER POINT’ s<br />
Correspondence & Test Series Courses Information<br />
Courses of <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong><br />
COURSE<br />
INFORMATION<br />
Eligibiltiy for<br />
Admission<br />
Study Material<br />
Package<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> <strong>2010</strong><br />
Class 12th or<br />
12th pass<br />
students<br />
All India Test<br />
Series <strong>IIT</strong> <strong>JEE</strong> <strong>2010</strong><br />
(AT CENTER)<br />
Class 12th or<br />
12th pass<br />
students<br />
Postal All India<br />
Test Series<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> <strong>2010</strong><br />
Class 12th or<br />
12th pass<br />
students<br />
Major Test Series<br />
<strong>IIT</strong> <strong>JEE</strong> <strong>2010</strong><br />
(AT CENTER)<br />
Class 12th or<br />
12th pass<br />
students<br />
Postal Major Test<br />
Series <strong>IIT</strong> <strong>JEE</strong><br />
<strong>2010</strong><br />
(By PO ST)<br />
Class 12th or<br />
12th pass<br />
students<br />
CP Ranker's<br />
Package<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> <strong>2010</strong><br />
Class 12th or<br />
12th pass<br />
students<br />
Study Material<br />
Package<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 2011<br />
Class 11th<br />
students<br />
All India Foundation<br />
Test Series <strong>IIT</strong> <strong>JEE</strong><br />
2011 (AT CENTER)<br />
Class 11th<br />
students<br />
Postal All India<br />
Test Series<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 2011<br />
Class 11th<br />
students<br />
Medium English OR Hindi English English English English English English OR Hindi English English<br />
Test Center Postal Visit our website Postal<br />
Issue of<br />
Application Kit<br />
Date of Dispatch/<br />
First Test<br />
Course Fee<br />
COURSE<br />
INFORMATION<br />
Eligibiltiy for<br />
Admission<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Rs.8,500/-<br />
including S.Tax<br />
Study Material<br />
Package<br />
AIEEE <strong>2010</strong><br />
Class 12th or 12th<br />
pass students<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
25-Oct-09<br />
Rs. 3,500/-<br />
including S.Tax<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Rs. 1,500/-<br />
including S.Tax<br />
All India<br />
Test Series<br />
AIEEE <strong>2010</strong><br />
(AT CENTER)<br />
Class 12th or 12th<br />
pass students<br />
For Class 12th / 12th Pass Students<br />
Visit our<br />
website<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
17-Jan-10<br />
Rs. 1,550/-<br />
including S.Tax<br />
Postal Postal Postal Visit our website Postal<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Dispatch<br />
17-Jan-10<br />
Onwards<br />
Rs. 700/-<br />
including S.Tax<br />
Courses of AIEEE<br />
Postal All India Test<br />
Series<br />
AIEEE <strong>2010</strong><br />
Class 12th or 12th<br />
pass students<br />
Major Test Series<br />
AIEEE <strong>2010</strong><br />
(AT CENTER)<br />
Class 12th or 12th<br />
pass students<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Rs. 850/-<br />
including S.Tax<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Rs. 9,500/-<br />
including S.Tax<br />
Postal Major Test<br />
Series<br />
AIEEE <strong>2010</strong><br />
(BY POST)<br />
Class 12th or 12th<br />
pass students<br />
For Class 11th Students<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
25-Oct-09<br />
Rs. 4,500/-<br />
including S.Tax<br />
CP Ranker's Package<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> <strong>2010</strong><br />
Class 12th or 12th<br />
pass students<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Rs. 2,500/-<br />
including S.Tax<br />
For Class 11th<br />
Students<br />
Study Material<br />
Package<br />
AIEEE 2011<br />
Class 11th<br />
students<br />
Medium English OR Hindi English/Hindi English/Hindi English/Hindi English/Hindi English English OR Hindi<br />
Test Center Postal Visit our website Postal Visit our website Postal Postal Postal<br />
Issue of<br />
Application Kit<br />
Date of Dispatch/<br />
First Test<br />
Course Fee<br />
COURSE<br />
INFORMATION<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Rs. 7,500/-<br />
including S. Tax<br />
Study Material<br />
Package<br />
Pre-Medical <strong>2010</strong><br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
25-Oct-09<br />
Rs. 4,000/-<br />
including S. Tax<br />
All India Test Series<br />
Pre-Medical <strong>2010</strong><br />
(AT CENTER)<br />
For Class 12th / 12th Pass Students<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Rs. 1450/-<br />
including S. Tax<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
17-Jan-10<br />
Rs. 1000/-<br />
including S. Tax<br />
Courses of Pre-Medical<br />
For Class 12th / 12th Pass Students<br />
Postal Test<br />
Series<br />
Pre-Medical <strong>2010</strong><br />
Major Test Series<br />
Pre-Medical <strong>2010</strong><br />
(AT CENTER )<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Dispatch<br />
17-Jan-10<br />
Onwards<br />
Rs. 550/-<br />
including S. Tax<br />
Postal Major Test<br />
Series Pre-Medical<br />
<strong>2010</strong> (BY POST)<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Rs. 850/-<br />
including S.Tax<br />
CP Ranker's Package<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> <strong>2010</strong><br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Rs. 8,500/-<br />
including S.Tax<br />
For Class 11th<br />
Students<br />
Study Material<br />
Package<br />
Pre-Medical 2011<br />
Eligibiltiy for<br />
Admission<br />
Class 12th or 12th<br />
pass students<br />
Class 12th or 12th<br />
pass students<br />
Class 12th or 12th<br />
pass students<br />
Class 12th or 12th<br />
pass students<br />
Class 12th or 12th<br />
pass students<br />
Class 12th or 12th<br />
pass students<br />
Class 11th<br />
students<br />
Medium English OR Hindi English/ Hindi English/ Hindi English/ Hindi English English English OR Hindi<br />
Test Center<br />
Postal<br />
Visit our wesite for<br />
list of test centers<br />
Postal<br />
Visit our wesite for<br />
list of test centers<br />
Postal Postal Postal<br />
Issue of<br />
Application Kit<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Date of Dispatch<br />
Commencement /<br />
First Test<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
25-Oct-09<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
17-Jan-10<br />
Dispatch<br />
17-Jan-10<br />
Onwards<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Immediate<br />
Dispatch<br />
Course Fee<br />
Rs.7,200/-<br />
including S. Tax<br />
Rs. 3,600/-<br />
including S. Tax<br />
Rs. 1400/-<br />
including S. Tax<br />
Rs. 1100/- including<br />
S. Tax<br />
Rs. 600/- including<br />
S. Tax<br />
Rs. 900/-<br />
including S.Tax<br />
Rs. 8,000/-<br />
including S.Tax<br />
◆For details about all Correspondence & Test Series Course Information, please visit our website.: www.careerpointgroup.com<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 37 DECEMBER 2009
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 38 DECEMBER 2009
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 39 DECEMBER 2009
KEY CONCEPT<br />
Physical<br />
Chemistry<br />
Fundamentals<br />
CHEMICAL KINETICS<br />
The temperature dependence of reaction rates :<br />
The rate constants of most reactions increase as the<br />
temperature is raised. Many reactions in solution fall<br />
somewhere in the range spanned by the hydrolysis of<br />
methyl ethanoate (where the rate constant at 35ºC is<br />
1.82 times that at 25ºC) and the hydrolysis of sucrose<br />
(where the factor is 4.13).<br />
(a) The Arrhenius parameters :<br />
It is found experimentally for many reactions that a<br />
plot of ln k against 1/T gives a straight line. This<br />
behaviour is normally expressed mathematically by<br />
introducing two parameters, one representing the<br />
intercept and the other the slope of the straight line,<br />
and writing the Arrhenius equaion.<br />
E<br />
ln k = ln A – a<br />
......(i)<br />
RT<br />
The parameter A, which corresponds to the intercept<br />
of the line at 1/T = 0(at infinite temperature, shown in<br />
figure), is called the pre-exponential factor or the<br />
'frequency factor'. The parameter E a , which is<br />
obtained from the slope of the line (–E a /R), is called<br />
the activation energy. Collectively the two quantities<br />
are called the Arrhenius parameters.<br />
ln k<br />
ln A<br />
Slope = –E a /R<br />
behaviour is a signal that the reaction has a complex<br />
mechanism.<br />
The temperature dependence of some reactions is<br />
non-Arrhenius, in the sense that a straight line is not<br />
obtained when ln k is plotted against 1/T. However,<br />
it is still possible to define an activation energy at any<br />
temperature as<br />
E a = RT 2 ⎛ dln k ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟ .......(ii)<br />
⎝ dT ⎠<br />
This definition reduces to the earlier one (as the slope<br />
of a straight line) for a temperature-independent<br />
activation energy. However, the definition in eqn.(ii)<br />
is more general than eqn.(i), because it allows E a to<br />
be obtained from the slope (at the temperature of<br />
interest) of a plot of ln k against 1/T even if the<br />
Arrhenius plot is not a straight line. Non-Arrhenius<br />
behaviour is sometimes a sign that quantum<br />
mechanical tunnelling is playing a significant role in<br />
the reaction.<br />
(b) The interpretation of the parameters :<br />
We shall regard the Arrhenius parameters as purely<br />
empirical quantities that enable us to discuss the<br />
variation of rate constants with temperature;<br />
however, it is useful to have an interpretation in mind<br />
and write eqn.(i) as<br />
E / RT<br />
k = Ae − a<br />
.......(iii)<br />
To interpret E a we consider how the molecular<br />
potential energy changes in the course of a chemical<br />
reaction that begins with a collision between<br />
molecules of A and molecules of B(shown in figure).<br />
1/T<br />
A plot of ln k against 1/T is a straight line when<br />
the reaction follows the behaviour described by<br />
the Arrhenius equation. The slope gives –E a /R<br />
and the intercept at 1/T = 0 gives ln A.<br />
The fact that E a is given by the slope of the plot of<br />
ln k against 1/T means that, the higher the activation<br />
energy, the stronger the temperature dependence of<br />
the rate constant (that is, the steeper the slope). A<br />
high activation energy signifies that the rate constant<br />
depends strongly on temperature. If a reaction has<br />
zero activation energy, its rate is independent of<br />
temperature. In some cases the activation energy is<br />
negative, which indicates that the rate decreases as<br />
the temperature is raised. We shall see that such<br />
Potential energy<br />
Reactants<br />
E a<br />
Products<br />
Progress of reaction<br />
A potential energy profile for an exothermic<br />
reaction. The height of the barrier between<br />
the reactants and products is the activation<br />
energy of the reaction<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 40 DECEMBER 2009
As the reaction event proceeds, A and B come into<br />
contact, distort, and begin to exchange or discard<br />
atoms. The reaction coordinate is the collection of<br />
motions, such as changes in interatomic distances and<br />
bond angles, that are directly involved in the<br />
formation of products from reactants. (The reaction<br />
coordinate is essentially a geometrical concept and<br />
quite distinct from the extent of reaction.) The<br />
potential energy rises to a maximum and the cluster<br />
of atoms that corresponds to the region close to the<br />
maximum is called the activated complex. After the<br />
maximum, the potential energy falls as the atoms<br />
rearrange in the cluster and reaches a value<br />
characteristic of the products. The climax of the<br />
reaction is at the peak of the potential energy, which<br />
corresponds to the activation energy E a . Here two<br />
reactant molecules have come to such a degree of<br />
closeness and distortion that a small further<br />
distortion will send them in the direction of products.<br />
This crucial configuration is called the transition<br />
state of the reaction. Although some molecules<br />
entering the transition state might revert to reactants,<br />
if they pass through this configuration then it is<br />
inevitable that products will emerge from the<br />
encounter.<br />
We also conclude from the preceding discussion that,<br />
for a reaction involving the collision of two<br />
molecules, the activation energy is the minimum<br />
kinetic energy that reactants must have in order<br />
to form products. For example, in a gas-phase<br />
reaction there are numerous collisions each second,<br />
but only a tiny proportion are sufficiently energetic to<br />
lead to reaction. The fraction of collisions with a<br />
kinetic energy in excess of an energy E a is given by<br />
e −<br />
E a / RT<br />
the Boltzmann distribution as . Hence, we<br />
can interpret the exponential factor in eqn(iii) as the<br />
fraction of collision that have enough kinetic energy<br />
to lead to reaction.<br />
The pre-exponential factor is a measure of the rate at<br />
which collisions occur irrespective of their energy.<br />
Hence, the product of A and the exponential factor,<br />
E a / RT<br />
e − , gives the rate of successful collisions.<br />
Kinetic and thermodynamic control of reactions :<br />
In some cases reactants can give rise to a variety of<br />
products, as in nitrations of mono-substituted<br />
benzene, when various proportions of the ortho-,<br />
meta-, and para- substituted products are obtained,<br />
depending on the directing power of the original<br />
substituent. Suppose two products, P 1 and P 2 , are<br />
produced by the following competing reactions :<br />
A + B ⎯→ P 1 Rate of formation of P 1 = k 1 [A][B]<br />
A + B ⎯→ P 2 Rate of formation of P 2 = k 2 [A][B]<br />
The relative proportion in which the two products<br />
have been produced at a given state of the reaction<br />
(before it has reached equilibrium) is given by the<br />
ratio of the two rates, and therefore of the two rate<br />
constants :<br />
[P2]<br />
k 2<br />
=<br />
[P1<br />
] k1<br />
This ratio represents the kinetic control over the<br />
proportions of products, and is a common feature of<br />
the reactions encountered in organic chemistry where<br />
reactants are chosen that facilitate pathways<br />
favouring the formation of a desired product. If a<br />
reaction is allowed to reach equilibrium, then the<br />
proportion of products is determined by<br />
thermodynamic rather than kinetic considerations,<br />
and the ratio of concentration is controlled by<br />
considerations of the standard Gibbs energies of all<br />
the reactants and products.<br />
The kinetic isotope effect<br />
The postulation of a plausible mechanism requires<br />
careful analysis of many experiments designed to<br />
determine the fate of atoms during the formation of<br />
products. Observation of the kinetic isotope effect, a<br />
decrease in the rate of a chemical reaction upon<br />
replacement of one atom in a reactant by a heavier<br />
isotope, facilitates the identification of bond-breaking<br />
events in the rate-determining step. A primary<br />
kinetic isotope effect is observed when the ratedetermining<br />
step requires the scission of a bond<br />
involving the isotope. A secondary isotope effect is<br />
the reduction in reaction rate even though the bond<br />
involving the isotope is not broken to form product.<br />
In both cases, the effect arises from the change in<br />
activation energy that accompanies the replacement<br />
of an atom by a heavier isotope on account of<br />
changes in the zero-point vibrational energies.<br />
First, we consider the origin of the primary kinetic<br />
isotope effect in a reaction in which the ratedetermining<br />
step is the scission of a C–H bond. The<br />
reaction coordinate corresponds to the stretching of<br />
the C–H bond and the potential energy profile is<br />
shown in figure. On deuteration, the dominant<br />
change is the reduction of the zero-point energy of<br />
the bond (because the deuterium atom is heavier).<br />
The whole reaction profile is not lowered, however,<br />
because the relevant vibration in the activated<br />
complex has a very low force constant, so there is<br />
little zero-point energy associated with the reaction<br />
coordinate in either isotopomeric form of the<br />
activated complex.<br />
Potential energy<br />
C–H<br />
C–D<br />
E a (C–H)<br />
E a (C–D)<br />
Reaction coordinate<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 41 DECEMBER 2009
UNDERSTANDING<br />
Inorganic Chemistry<br />
1. A black coloured compound (A) on reaction with dil.<br />
H 2 SO 4 gives a gas (B) which on passing in a solution<br />
of an acid (C) gives a white turbidity (D). Gas (B)<br />
when passed through an acidified solution of a<br />
compound (E), gives ppt.(F) which is soluble in<br />
dilute nitric acid. After boiling this solution an excess<br />
of NH 4 OH is added, a blue coloured compound (G) is<br />
produced. To this solution, on addition of CH 3 COOH<br />
and aqueous K 4 [Fe(CN) 6 ], a chocolate ppt. (H) is<br />
produced. On addition of an aqueous solution of<br />
BaCl 2 to aqueous solution of (E), a white ppt.<br />
insoluble in HNO 3 is obtained. Identify compounds<br />
(A) to (H).<br />
Sol. From the data on compounds (G) and (H), it may be<br />
inferred that the compound (E) contains cupric ions<br />
(Cu 2+ ), i.e., (E) is a salt of copper. Since the addition<br />
of BaCl 2 to (E) gives a white ppt. insoluble in HNO 3 ,<br />
it may be said that the anion in the salt is sulphate ion<br />
(SO 2– 4 ). Hence, (E) is CuSO 4 .<br />
The gas (B) which is obtained by adding dil. H 2 SO 4<br />
to a black coloured compound (A), may be H 2 S since<br />
it can cause precipitation of Cu 2+ ions in acidic<br />
medium. The black coloured compound (A) may be<br />
ferrous sulphide (iron pyrite).<br />
Hence, the given observation may be explained from<br />
the following equations.<br />
Fe S + H 2 SO 4 ⎯→ FeSO 4 + H 2 S<br />
(A) Dil. (B)<br />
H 2 S + 2HNO 3 ⎯→ 2NO 2 + 2H 2 O + S (D)<br />
(C)<br />
White turbidity<br />
CuSO 4 + H 2 S ⎯→ CuS ↓ + H 2 SO 4<br />
(E) (B) (F)<br />
Black ppt.<br />
3CuS + 8HNO 3 ⎯→<br />
Dil. 3Cu(NO 3 ) 2 + 2NO + 3S + 4H 2 O<br />
Cu ++ + 4NH 3 ⎯→ [Cu(NH 3 ) 4 ] 2+<br />
(G) Blue colour<br />
[Cu(NH 3 ) 4 ] 2+ + 4CH 3 COOH ⎯→<br />
Cu 2+ + 4CH 3 COONH 4<br />
Cu 2+ + [Fe(CN) 6 ] 4– ⎯→ Cu 2 [Fe(CN) 6 ]<br />
(H)<br />
Chocolate colour<br />
CuSO 4 (aq) + BaCl 2 (aq) ⎯→ BaSO 4 ↓ + CuCl 2<br />
(E)<br />
White ppt.<br />
Insuluble in HNO 3<br />
Hence,<br />
(A) is FeS, (B) is H 2 S, (C) is HNO 3 , (D) is S,<br />
(E) is CuSO 4 , (F) is CuS, (G) is [Cu(NH 3 ) 4 ]SO 4 and<br />
(H) is Cu 2 [Fe(CN) 6 ]<br />
2. An unknown inorganic compound (X) gives the<br />
following observations :<br />
(i) When added to CuSO 4 solution it liberates iodine<br />
and a white ppt. (Y) is formed. The liberated I 2<br />
reacts with Na 2 S 2 O 3 solution to give NaI and a<br />
colourless compound (Z).<br />
(ii) When CHCl 3 and Cl 2 water is added to aqueous<br />
solution of (X), a violet layer of chloroform is<br />
formed.<br />
(iii)(X) gives a violet colour flame when heated in<br />
Bunsen burner flame.<br />
(iv)When aqueous solution of (X) is added to<br />
aqueous lead nitrate, a yellow ppt. (M) is formed.<br />
(v) Addition of (X) to HgCl 2 gives a red ppt. which<br />
dissolves in excess of (X) to give Nessler's<br />
reagent.<br />
(vi) On heating (X) with dil. HCl and KNO 2 , violet<br />
vapours of a compound (N) are formed which<br />
condenses on the wall of test tube.<br />
What are (X), (Y), (Z), (M) and (N) ? Explain the<br />
reactions.<br />
Sol. Observation (iii) indicates that the compound (X)<br />
contains K + , it is because it gives a violet coloured<br />
flame. On the other hand set (ii) confirmed that (X)<br />
contains I – ions, thus (X) is KI. Now the different<br />
reactions may be formulated as follows.<br />
CHCl<br />
2KI + Cl 2 ⎯⎯⎯<br />
3 → I 2 + 2KCl<br />
Violet layer<br />
(i) When CuSO 4 reacts with KI, I 2 is liberated and a<br />
ppt. of cuprous iodide (Y) is formed.<br />
[CuSO 4 + 2KI ⎯→ K 2 SO 4 + CuI 2 ] × 2<br />
2CuI 2 ⎯→ Cu 2 I 2 + I 2<br />
Unstable<br />
On adding,<br />
2CuSO 4 + 4KI ⎯→ 2K 2 SO 4 + Cu 2 I 2 + I 2<br />
(Y) white ppt.<br />
The librated iodine is titrated against standard hypo<br />
solution when a colourless sodium tetrathionate (Z) is<br />
formed.<br />
2Na 2 S 2 O 3 + I 2 ⎯→ Na 2 S 4 O 6 + 2NaI<br />
(Z) (colourless)<br />
(iv) Pb(NO 3 ) 2 + 2KI ⎯→ PbI 2 + 2KNO 3<br />
(M) yellow ppt<br />
(v) HgCl 2 + 2KI ⎯→ HgI 2 ↓ + 2KCl<br />
Red ppt.<br />
HgI 2 + 2KI ⎯→ K 2 HgI 4<br />
(Soluble)<br />
K 2 HgI 4 + NaOH ⎯→ Nessler's reagent<br />
(vi) HCl + KNO 2 ⎯→ HNO 2 + KCl<br />
HCl + KI ⎯→ KCI + HI<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 42 DECEMBER 2009
2HNO 2 + 2HI ⎯→ I 2 + 2H 2 O + 2NO<br />
(N)<br />
Hence,<br />
(X) is KI,<br />
(Y) is Cu 2 I 2 ,<br />
(Z) is Na 2 S 4 O 6 ,<br />
(M) is PbI 2 and (N) is I 2 .<br />
3. An inorganic halide (A) gives the following<br />
reactions.<br />
(i) The cation of (A) on raction with H 2 S in HCl<br />
medium, gives a black ppt. of (B). (A) neither<br />
gives ppt. with HCl nor blue colour with<br />
K 4 Fe(CN) 6 .<br />
(ii) (B) on heating with dil.HCl gives back<br />
compound(A) and a gas (C) which gives a black<br />
ppt. with lead acetate solution.<br />
(iii) The anion of (A) gives chromyl chloride test.<br />
(iv) (B) dissolves in hot dil. HNO 3 to give a solution,<br />
(D). (D) gives ring test.<br />
(v) When NH 4 OH solution is added to (D), a white<br />
precipitate (E) is formed. (E) dissolves in<br />
minimum amount of dil. HCl to give a solution of<br />
(A). Aqueous solution of (A) on addition of water<br />
gives a whitish turbidity (F).<br />
(vi) Aqueous solution of (A) on warming with<br />
alkaline sodium stannite gives a black precipitate<br />
of a metal (G) and sodium stannate. The metal<br />
(G) dissolves in hydrochloride acid to give<br />
solution of (A).<br />
Identify (A) to (G) and give balanced chemical<br />
equations of reactions.<br />
Sol. Observation of (i) indicates that cation (A) is Bi 3+<br />
because it does not give ppt. with HCl nor blue<br />
colour with K 4 Fe(CN) 6 , hence it is neither Pb 2+ nor<br />
Cu 2+ . Since anion of (A) gives chromyl chloride test,<br />
hence it contains Cl – ions. Thus, (A) is BiCl 3 . Its<br />
different reactions are given below :<br />
(i) 2BiCl 3 + 3H 2 S ⎯→ Bi 2 S 3 + 6HCl<br />
(A)<br />
(B)<br />
(ii) Bi 2 S 3 + 6HCl ⎯→ 3H 2 S + 2 BiCl 3<br />
(B) (C) (A)<br />
(iii) Bi 2 S 3 + 8HNO 3 ⎯⎯→<br />
∆ 2Bi(NO 3 ) 3 + 2NO<br />
(B) (D) + 3S + 4H 2 O<br />
(iv) Bi(N O 3 ) 3 + 3NH 4 OH ⎯→<br />
(D) Bi(OH) 3 ↓ + 3NH 4 NO 3<br />
(E) White ppt.<br />
Bi(OH) 3 + 3HCl ⎯⎯→<br />
∆ BiCl 3 + 3H 2 O<br />
Dil. (A)<br />
BiCl 3 + H 2 O ⎯→ BiOCl + 2HCl<br />
(A)<br />
(F)<br />
Bismuth oxychloride<br />
(White turbidity)<br />
(v) BiCl 3 + 2NaOH +Na 2 [SnO 2 ] ⎯→<br />
(A)<br />
Bi + NaSnO 3 + H 2 O + 3NaCl<br />
(G) Black ppt.<br />
2Bi + 6HCl ⎯⎯→<br />
∆ 2BiCl 3 + 3H 2<br />
(G)<br />
(A)<br />
Hence,<br />
(A) is BiCl 3 ,<br />
(B) is Bi 2 S 3 ,<br />
(C) is H 2 S,<br />
(D) is Bi(NO 3 ) 2 ,<br />
(E) is Bi(OH) 3 , (F) is BiOCl and (G) is Bi<br />
4. (i) An inorganic compound (A) is formed on passing<br />
a gas (B) through a concentrated liquor containing<br />
Na 2 S and Na 2 SO 3 .<br />
(ii) On adding (A) into a dilute solution of AgNO 3 , a<br />
white ppt. appears which quickly changes into<br />
black coloured compound (C).<br />
(iii) On adding two or three drops of FeCl 3 into<br />
excess of solution of (A), a violet coloured<br />
compound (D) is formed. This colour disappears<br />
quickly.<br />
(iv) On adding a solution of (A) into the solution of<br />
CuCl 2 , a white ppt. is first formed which dissolves<br />
on adding excess of (A) forming a compound (E).<br />
Identify (A) to (E) and give chemical equations for<br />
the reactions at steps (i) to (iv)<br />
Sol. (i) The compound (A) appears to be Na 2 S 2 O 3 from its<br />
method of preparation given in the problem.<br />
Na 2 S + Na 2 SO 3 + I 2 ⎯→ 2NaI + Na 2 S 2 O 3<br />
(B)<br />
(A)<br />
or Na 2 SO 3 + 3Na 2 S + 3SO 2 ⎯→ 3Na 2 S 2 O 3<br />
(B)<br />
(A)<br />
(ii) White ppt. of Ag 2 S 2 O 3 is formed which is<br />
hydrolysed to black Ag 2 S<br />
Na 2 S 2 O 3 + 2AgNO 3 ⎯→ 2NaNO 3 + Ag 2 S 2 O 3 ↓<br />
White ppt<br />
Ag 2 S 2 O 3 + H 2 O ⎯→ Ag 2 S + H 2 SO 4<br />
(C)<br />
(iii) A violet ferric salt is formed.<br />
3Na 2 S 2 O 3 + 2FeCl 3 ⎯→ Fe 2 (S 2 O 3 ) 3 + 6NaCl<br />
(D)(violet)<br />
(iv) 2CuCl 2 + 2Na 2 S 2 O 3 → 2CuCl + Na 2 S 4 O 6 + 2NaCl<br />
White ppt.<br />
2CuCl + Na 2 S 2 O 3 ⎯→ Cu 2 S 2 O 3 + 2NaCl<br />
3Cu 2 S 2 O 3 + 2Na 2 S 2 O 3 ⎯→ Na 4 [Cu 6 (S 2 O 3 ) 5 ]<br />
(E)<br />
or 6CuCl + 5Na 2 S 2 O 3 ⎯→ Na 4 [Cu 6 (S 2 O 3 ) 5 ] + 6NaCl<br />
(E)<br />
Hence,<br />
(A) is Na 2 S 2 O 3 ,<br />
(B) is I 2 or SO 2 ,<br />
(C) is Ag 2 S,<br />
(D) is Fe 2 (S 2 O 3 ) 3 and<br />
(E) is Na 4 [Cu 6 (S 2 O 3 ) 5 ]<br />
5. A colourless solid (A) on heating gives a white solid<br />
(B) and a colourless gas (C). (B) gives off reddishbrown<br />
fumes on treating with H 2 SO 4 . On treating<br />
with NH 4 Cl, (B) gives a colourless gas (D) and a<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 43 DECEMBER 2009
esidue (E). The compound (A) on heating with<br />
(NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 gives a colourless gas (F) and white<br />
residue (G). Both (E) and (G) impart bright yellow<br />
colour to Bunsen flame. The gas (C) forms white<br />
powder with strongly heated Mg metal which on<br />
hydrolysis produces Mg(OH) 2 . The gas (D) on<br />
heating with Ca gives a compound which on<br />
hydrolysis produces NH 3 . Identify compounds (A) to<br />
(G) giving chemical equations involved.<br />
Sol. The given information is as follows :<br />
(i) A ⎯ Heat ⎯⎯ → B + C<br />
Colourless Solid Colourless<br />
Solid<br />
gas<br />
(ii) B + H 2 SO 4 ⎯⎯→<br />
∆ Reddish brown gas<br />
(iii) B + NH 4 Cl ⎯⎯→<br />
∆ D + E<br />
Colourless gas<br />
(iv) A + (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 ⎯⎯→<br />
∆ F + G<br />
olourless gas White<br />
Residue<br />
(v) E and G imparts yellow colour to the flame.<br />
(vi) C + Mg ⎯ Heat ⎯⎯ →White powder<br />
⎯ H 2<br />
⎯⎯ O →Mg(OH) 2<br />
(vii) D + Ca ⎯ Heat ⎯⎯ →Compound ⎯ H 2<br />
⎯⎯ O →NH 3<br />
Information of (v) indicates that (E) and (G) and also<br />
(A) are the salts of sodium because Na + ions give<br />
yellow coloured flame. Observations of (ii) indicate<br />
that the anion associated with Na + in (A) may be<br />
NO – 3 . Thus, the compound (A) is NaNO 3 .<br />
The reactions involved are as follows :<br />
(i) 2NaNO 3 ⎯⎯→<br />
∆ 2NaNO 2 + O 2 ↑<br />
(A) (B) (C)<br />
(ii) 2NaNO 2 + H 2 SO 4 ⎯→ Na 2 SO 4 + 2HNO 2<br />
(B) Dil.<br />
3HNO 2 ⎯→ HNO 3 + H 2 O + 2NO↑<br />
2NO + O 2 ⎯→ 2NO 2 ↑<br />
Reddish brown<br />
Fumes<br />
(iii) NaNO 2 + NH 4 Cl ⎯→ NaCl + N 2 ↑ + 2H 2 O<br />
(B) (E) (D)<br />
(iv) 2NaNO 3 + (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 ⎯⎯→<br />
∆ Na 2 SO 4 + 2NH 3<br />
(A) (G) (F)<br />
2HNO 3<br />
(v) O 2 + 2Mg ⎯⎯→<br />
∆ 2MgO ⎯ H 2<br />
⎯⎯ O →Mg(OH) 2<br />
(C)<br />
(vi) N 2 + 3Ca ⎯⎯→<br />
∆ Ca 3 N 2<br />
(D)<br />
Ca 3 N 2 + 6H 2 O ⎯→ 3Ca(OH) 2 + 2NH 3 ↑<br />
Hence,<br />
(A) is NaNO 3 ,<br />
(B) is NaNO 2 ,<br />
(C) is O 2 ,<br />
(D) is N 2 ,<br />
(E) is NaCl,<br />
(F) is NH 3 and (G) is Na 2 SO 4 .<br />
TRUE OR FALSE<br />
1. The magnitude of charge on one gram of<br />
electrons is 1.60 × 10 –19 coulomb.<br />
2. Chromyl chloride test of Cl – radical is not given<br />
by HgCl 2 .<br />
3. The energy levels in a hydrogen atom can be<br />
compared with the steps of a ladder placed at<br />
equal distance.<br />
4. In S N 1 mechanism, the leaving group in the<br />
molecule, leaves the molecule, well before<br />
joining of an attacking group.<br />
5. Metamerism is special type of isomerism where<br />
isomers exist simultaneously in dynamic<br />
equilibrium.<br />
6. Addition of HCN with formaldehyde is an<br />
example of electrophilic addition reaction.<br />
7. Ligroin is essentially petroleum ether containing<br />
aliphatic hydrocarbons and is generally used in<br />
dry cleaning clothes.<br />
Sol.<br />
1. [False] Thomson through his experiment<br />
determined the charge to mass ratio of an<br />
electron and the value of e/m is equal to 1.76 ×<br />
10 8 coulomb/gm. Hence one gm of electrons<br />
have charge 1.76 × 10 8 C.<br />
2. [True]<br />
3. [False]<br />
4. [True] S N 1 reaction mechanism takes place in<br />
two steps as :<br />
R—X<br />
R + + OH –<br />
⎯ Slow ⎯→ ⎯ R + + X –<br />
⎯ Fast ⎯→<br />
ROH<br />
5. [False] In metamerism isomers differ in structure<br />
due to difference in distribution of carbon atoms<br />
about the functional group.<br />
For example :<br />
CH 3 CH 2 –O–CH 2 CH 3 and CH 3 –OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3<br />
Conditions mentioned in the statement are<br />
associated with phenomenon of trautomerism.<br />
6. [False]<br />
H<br />
H – C = O + H + CN –<br />
7. [True]<br />
H<br />
H – C = OH<br />
CN<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 44 DECEMBER 2009
`tà{xÅtà|vtÄ V{tÄÄxÇzxá<br />
Set<br />
8<br />
This section is designed to give <strong>IIT</strong> <strong>JEE</strong> aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety<br />
of possible twists and turns of problems in mathematics that would be very helpful in facing<br />
<strong>IIT</strong> <strong>JEE</strong>. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and<br />
we hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and<br />
enhancing the preparation level of <strong>IIT</strong> <strong>JEE</strong> aspirants.<br />
By : Shailendra Maheshwari<br />
Solutions will be published in next issue<br />
Joint Director Academics, <strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong>, Kota<br />
1. Show that the six planes through the middle point of<br />
each edge of a tetrahedron perpendicular to the<br />
opposite edge meet in a point.<br />
2. Prove that if the graph of the function<br />
y = f (x), defined throughout the number scale, is<br />
symmetrical about two lines x = a and x = b, (a < b),<br />
then this function is a periodic one.<br />
3. Show that an equilateral triangle is a triangle of<br />
maximum area for a given perimeter and a triangle of<br />
minimum perimeter for a given area.<br />
4. Let az 2 + bz + c be a polynomial with complex<br />
coefficients such that a and b are non zero. Prove<br />
that the zeros of this polynomial lie in the region<br />
| z | ≤ a<br />
b + b<br />
c<br />
5. An isosceles triangle with its base parallel to the<br />
x y<br />
major axis of the ellipse +<br />
2 2 = 1 is<br />
a b<br />
circumscribed with all the three sides touching the<br />
ellipse. Find the least possible area of the triangle.<br />
6. If one of the straight lines given by the equation ax 2 +<br />
2hxy + by 2 = 0 coincides with one of those given by<br />
a′x 2 + 2h′xy + b′y 2 = 0 and the other lines represented<br />
ha´b´ h´ab´<br />
by them be perpendicular, show that =<br />
b´ −a´<br />
b − a<br />
7. Prove that<br />
⎛n<br />
⎞ ⎛m ⎞ ⎛n<br />
⎜<br />
⎟<br />
⎝0<br />
⎜<br />
⎟ +<br />
⎠ ⎝n<br />
⎟ ⎞ ⎛ m + 1⎞<br />
⎛n<br />
⎜<br />
⎠ ⎝1<br />
⎜<br />
⎟ +<br />
⎠ ⎝ n ⎟ ⎞ ⎛ m + 2⎞<br />
⎜<br />
⎠ ⎝ 2<br />
⎜<br />
⎟ + ....... to<br />
⎠ ⎝ n ⎠<br />
(n + 1) terms<br />
⎛n<br />
= ⎟ ⎞ ⎛m ⎞ ⎛n<br />
⎜<br />
⎝0<br />
⎜<br />
⎟ +<br />
⎠ ⎝ 0 ⎟ ⎞ ⎛m⎞<br />
⎛n<br />
⎜<br />
⎠ ⎝1<br />
⎜<br />
⎟ 2 +<br />
⎠ ⎝ 1 ⎟ ⎞ ⎛m⎞<br />
⎜<br />
⎠ ⎝ 2<br />
⎜<br />
⎟ 2 2 + ..... to (n +<br />
⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
1) terms<br />
1<br />
8. If n ≥ 2 and I n =<br />
∫<br />
( 1−<br />
x<br />
2 ) n cos mx dx, then show that<br />
−1<br />
m 2 I n = 2n(2n – 1) I n–1 – 4n(n – 1) I n–2 .<br />
2<br />
2<br />
9. Find the sum to infinite terms of the series<br />
3 5 7 9 11 + + + + + ........ ∞<br />
4 36 144 400 900<br />
10. ABC is a triangle inscribed in a circle. Two of its<br />
sides are parallel to two given straight lines. Show<br />
that the locus of foot of the perpendicular from the<br />
centre of the circle on to the third side is also a circle,<br />
concentric to the given circle.<br />
Dimensional Formulae of Some<br />
Physical Quantities<br />
Physical Quantity<br />
Dime nsional<br />
Formulae<br />
Work (W) [ML 2 T –2 ]<br />
Stress [ML –1 T –2 ]<br />
Torque (τ) [ML 2 T –2 ]<br />
Moment of Inertia (I) [ML 2 ]<br />
Coefficient of viscosity (η) [ML –1 T –1 ]<br />
Gravitational constant (G) [M –1 L 3 T –2 ]<br />
Specific heat (S) [L 2 T –2 θ –1 ]<br />
Coeficient of thermal conductivity (K) [MLT –3 θ –1 ]<br />
Universal gas constant (R) [ML 2 T –2 θ –1 ]<br />
Potential (V) [ML 2 T –3 A –1 ]<br />
Intensity of electric field (E) [MLT –3 A –1 ]<br />
Permittivity of free space (ε 0 ) [M –1 L –3 T 4 A 2 ]<br />
Specific resistance (ρ) [ML 3 T –3 A 2 ]<br />
Magnetic Induction (B) [MT –2 A –1 ]<br />
Planck's constant (h) [ML 2 T –1 ]<br />
Boltzmann's constant (k) [ML 2 T –2 θ –1 ]<br />
Entropy (S) [ML 2 T –2 θ –1 ]<br />
Decay constant (λ) [T –1 ]<br />
Bohr magnetic (µ B ) [L 2 A]<br />
Thermmionic current density (J) [AL –2 ]<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 45 DECEMBER 2009
MATHEMATICAL CHALLENGES<br />
SOLUTION FOR NOVEMBER ISSUE (SET # 7)<br />
1. Let the line be y = 2x + c<br />
⎛ 9 − c 9 + 2c ⎞<br />
<strong>Point</strong> A ⎜ , ⎟<br />
⎝ 6 3 ⎠<br />
2.<br />
⎛ 2c − 3 + c − 6 ⎞<br />
<strong>Point</strong> B ⎜ , ⎟<br />
⎝ − 3 − 3 ⎠<br />
⎛ c + 6 5c + 12 ⎞<br />
<strong>Point</strong> C ⎜ , ⎟<br />
⎝ 3 3 ⎠<br />
1 ⎡ 2c − 3 c + 6 ⎤<br />
mid point of B & C is . 2<br />
⎢ + ⎥ ,<br />
⎣ − 3 3 ⎦<br />
1 ⎡ − c + 6 5c + 12⎤<br />
⎡ 9 − c 2c + 9⎤<br />
⎢ +<br />
2<br />
⎥ =<br />
⎣ + 3 3<br />
⎢ , ⎥<br />
⎦ ⎣ 6 3 ⎦<br />
which is point A, so AB and AC are equal.<br />
a<br />
B<br />
A<br />
D<br />
b<br />
C<br />
1 AB 1 AC<br />
a + b = . + . AB AB AC AC<br />
=<br />
1<br />
2<br />
AB<br />
AB +<br />
1<br />
AC<br />
2<br />
AC<br />
1<br />
1<br />
= (AD + DB)<br />
+ (AD + DC)<br />
2<br />
2<br />
AB<br />
AC<br />
⎛ 1 1 ⎞ DB DC<br />
= ⎜ + ⎟ AD +<br />
2 2<br />
+<br />
⎝ AB AC ⎠ BD.DC CD. CB<br />
⎛ 1 1 ⎞ ⎛ DB DC ⎞<br />
= ⎜ + ⎟ AD + ⎜ ⎟<br />
2 2<br />
⎝ AB AC ⎠ + ⎝ BD CD ⎠<br />
⎛ 1 1 ⎞<br />
= AD . ⎜ + ⎟<br />
⎝ BD.DC CD.CB ⎠<br />
AD ⎛<br />
= . ⎜ CD ⎝<br />
1<br />
BD<br />
+ CD<br />
1<br />
⎟⎠<br />
⎞<br />
1<br />
BC<br />
AD DC + BD<br />
= .<br />
BC BD.CD<br />
=<br />
AD AD =<br />
BD.CD<br />
2<br />
AD<br />
so it is vector along<br />
| a + b<br />
1<br />
| = AD<br />
AD 1 = . AD AD<br />
1<br />
A B with magnitude . AD<br />
3. The line PQ always passes through (α, β) so it is<br />
y –β = m(x – α)<br />
Let the circle be x 2 + y 2 – 2hx – 2ky = 0<br />
Joint equation of OP and OQ.<br />
x 2 + y 2 (y − mx)<br />
– 2 (hx + ky) = 0<br />
β − mα<br />
O<br />
Q<br />
P<br />
(h,k)<br />
⎛ 2k ⎞<br />
⎜1−<br />
⎟ y 2 ⎛ h − mk ⎞ ⎛ 2hn ⎞<br />
– 2 ⎜ ⎟ xy + ⎜1+<br />
⎟ x 2 = 0<br />
⎝ β − mα<br />
⎠ ⎝ β − mα<br />
⎠ ⎝ β − mα<br />
⎠<br />
It must represent y 2 – x 2 = 0<br />
h − mk<br />
so = 0 ⇒ m = h/k ...(1)<br />
β − mα<br />
2k 2hm<br />
and 1 – = –1 –<br />
β − mα<br />
β − mα<br />
⇒ β – mα – 2k = –β + mα – 2hm<br />
⇒ –β + mα + k – hm = 0<br />
⇒ –β + k + h/k(α – h) = 0 (using (1) in it)<br />
⇒ k 2 – βy + αh – h 2 = 0 so required locus is<br />
x 2 – y 2 – αx + βy = 0<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 46 DECEMBER 2009
⎛ π π ⎞<br />
4. As |f(x)| ≤ |tan x| for ∀ x ∈ ⎜−<br />
, ⎟<br />
⎝ 2 2 ⎠<br />
(–1,log 2 3 )<br />
so f(0) = 0<br />
so |f(x) – f(0)| ≤ |tan x|<br />
divides both sides by |x|<br />
f (x) − f (0) tan x<br />
⇒<br />
≤<br />
x x<br />
(–1,0)<br />
(0,–1)<br />
(1,0)<br />
(3/2,–1)<br />
⇒ lim f (x) − f (0)<br />
≤<br />
x→0<br />
x<br />
⇒ |f´(0)| ≤ 1<br />
⇒<br />
lim x→0<br />
tan x<br />
x<br />
1 1 1<br />
a 1 + a 2 + a 3 + ..... + a n ≤ 1<br />
2 3 n<br />
n<br />
a<br />
⇒ ∑<br />
i=<br />
1<br />
i<br />
i<br />
≤ 1<br />
5. Let the number is xyz, here x < y and z < y.<br />
Let y = n, then x can be filled in (n – 1) ways.<br />
(i.e. from 1 to (n – 1)) and z can be filled in n ways<br />
(i.e. from 0 to (n – 1))<br />
here 2 ≤ n ≤ 9<br />
so total no. of 3 digit numbers with largest middle<br />
digit<br />
n<br />
9<br />
= ∑ n (n −1)<br />
=<br />
=<br />
∑ n –<br />
n = 2<br />
∑ n<br />
n = 2<br />
=<br />
2<br />
9.10.19<br />
6<br />
–<br />
9<br />
9.10<br />
2<br />
= 285 – 45 = 240<br />
required probability =<br />
2<br />
9<br />
240<br />
9×<br />
10×<br />
10<br />
= 30<br />
8<br />
= 15<br />
4<br />
6. The region bounded by the curve y = log 2 (2 – x) and<br />
the inequality (x – |x|) 2 + (y – |y|) 2 ≤ 4 is required area<br />
is<br />
7.<br />
1<br />
=<br />
∫<br />
log 2 (2 − x) dx +<br />
∫<br />
−<br />
y 1<br />
( 2 2 ) dy + π 4<br />
−1<br />
0<br />
−1<br />
2<br />
= log 2 3 − + 2log2<br />
3 + 2 –<br />
l n2<br />
e 2 e<br />
= – log 2<br />
27<br />
B<br />
+ 2 + 4<br />
π sq units<br />
F<br />
A<br />
D<br />
E<br />
M<br />
∠BMC = 2∠BAC = 2∠BMD<br />
BD<br />
so tan A = = MD<br />
so<br />
a<br />
2<br />
2<br />
1<br />
r<br />
2<br />
= tan 2 A<br />
2<br />
2<br />
1 π<br />
+<br />
2ln2<br />
4<br />
C<br />
BC a = =<br />
2BC<br />
MD 4r<br />
1 4r<br />
1<br />
a b c<br />
so + +<br />
2 2 2<br />
r1<br />
r2<br />
r3<br />
= 16 (tan 2 A + tan 2 B + tan 2 C) ...(1)<br />
Now as tan A + tan B + tan C ≥<br />
3 (tan A . tan B . tan C) 1/3<br />
and for a triangle tan A + tan B + tan C<br />
= tan A . tan B . tan C<br />
so (tan A . tan B . tan C) 2/3 ≥ 3<br />
⇒ tan A . tan B . tan C ≥ 3 3<br />
⇒ tan 2 A + tan 2 B + tan 2 C<br />
≥ 3(tan A. tan B tan C) 2/3 ≥ 3.3<br />
so from (1),<br />
a<br />
2<br />
2<br />
1<br />
r<br />
+<br />
b<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
r<br />
+<br />
c<br />
2<br />
2<br />
3<br />
r<br />
≥ 144.<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 47 DECEMBER 2009
8. Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 are centroids of equilateral triangles ACX,<br />
ABY and BCZ respectively.<br />
Z 1 – Z A = (Z C – Z A )<br />
y<br />
Z 1 – Z A = (Z C – Z A )<br />
similarly,<br />
Z 2 – Z A = (Z B – Z A )<br />
Z<br />
Z<br />
Z A<br />
1<br />
C<br />
− Z<br />
− Z<br />
A<br />
A<br />
A Z 1<br />
Z 2<br />
e iπ/6 x<br />
B C<br />
Z B Z C<br />
Z 3<br />
1 ⎛<br />
⎜<br />
3<br />
⎝<br />
1 ⎛<br />
⎜<br />
3<br />
⎝<br />
So, Z 1 – Z 2 = 2<br />
1 (ZC – Z B ) +<br />
z<br />
3 i ⎞<br />
+ ⎟<br />
2 2 ⎠<br />
3 i ⎞<br />
− ⎟<br />
2 2 ⎠<br />
similarly Z 2 – Z 3 = 2<br />
1 (ZA – Z C )<br />
...(1)<br />
...(2)<br />
i<br />
(Z C + Z B – 2Z A )<br />
2 3<br />
...(3)<br />
i<br />
+ (Z A + Z C – 2Z B ) ..(4)<br />
2 3<br />
To prove ∆xyz as equilateral triangle, we prove that<br />
(Z 3 – Z 2 )e iπ/3 = Z 1 – Z 2<br />
So, (Z 3 – Z 2 )e iπ/3 = ( 2<br />
1 (ZC – Z A )<br />
i<br />
⎛<br />
– (Z A + Z C – 2Z B )) ⎜<br />
1<br />
2 3<br />
⎝ 2<br />
= 2<br />
1 (ZC – Z B ) +<br />
= Z 1 – Z 2<br />
a<br />
1−<br />
r cosu<br />
9. T r = 2<br />
∫ 1−<br />
2r cosu + r<br />
0<br />
a<br />
3<br />
+ i<br />
2<br />
i<br />
(Z C + Z B – 2Z A )<br />
2 3<br />
2<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
⎠<br />
du. ...(1)<br />
1−<br />
2r cosu + r − r + 1<br />
=<br />
∫<br />
du<br />
2<br />
1−<br />
2r cosu + r<br />
0<br />
a<br />
⎛<br />
2<br />
1<br />
=<br />
∫ ⎟ ⎞<br />
⎜<br />
− r<br />
1+<br />
du<br />
2<br />
⎝ 1−<br />
2r cosu + r ⎠<br />
0<br />
2<br />
2<br />
= a + (1 – r 2 )<br />
a<br />
∫<br />
0<br />
(1 + r<br />
2<br />
)(1 + tan<br />
a<br />
2<br />
sec<br />
2<br />
u / 2<br />
u / 2) − 2r(1 − tan<br />
= a + (1 – r 2 sec u / 2<br />
)<br />
∫ 2 2<br />
(1 + r) tan u / 2 + (1 − r)<br />
= a +<br />
1−<br />
r<br />
2<br />
(1 + r)<br />
Let tan u/2 = t<br />
so, T r = a +<br />
Now<br />
and<br />
= a +<br />
2<br />
1−<br />
r<br />
0<br />
2<br />
(1 + r)<br />
2(1 − r<br />
2<br />
(1 + r)<br />
2<br />
)<br />
a<br />
∫<br />
0<br />
2<br />
lim T<br />
+ r = a –<br />
r→1<br />
lim T<br />
+ r = a +<br />
r→1<br />
tan<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
sec u / 2 du<br />
tana/ 2<br />
∫<br />
0<br />
1+<br />
r<br />
1−<br />
r<br />
(1 − r)<br />
u / 2 +<br />
(1 + r)<br />
t<br />
2<br />
⎡<br />
⎢tan<br />
⎣<br />
2dt<br />
1−<br />
r<br />
+<br />
1+<br />
r<br />
−1<br />
2(1 + r)(r −1)<br />
(1 + r)(r −1)<br />
2(1 − r)(r + 1)<br />
(1 + r)(r −1)<br />
and (from (1)) T 1 =<br />
∫ a 0<br />
du = a<br />
Hence<br />
difference π.<br />
lim T<br />
+ r , T 1 ,<br />
r→1<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
⎛ 1+<br />
r ⎞⎤<br />
⎜t<br />
⎥<br />
1 r<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ − ⎠<br />
⎦<br />
2<br />
u / 2)<br />
2<br />
tana/ 2<br />
0<br />
π = a – π<br />
2<br />
π = a + π<br />
2<br />
lim T<br />
− r form an A.P. with common<br />
r→1<br />
10. Let α, β, γ be the three real roots of the equation<br />
without loss of generality, it can be assumed that<br />
α ≤ β ≤ γ.<br />
so<br />
x 2 + ax 2 + bx + c = (x – γ) (x 2 + (a + γ) x + (γ 2 + aγ + b))<br />
where – γ (γ 2 + aγ + b) = c, as γ is the root of given<br />
equation, so x 2 + (a + γ) x + (γ 2 + aγ + b) = 0 must<br />
have two roots i.e. α and β. So its discriminant is non<br />
negative, thus<br />
(γ + a) 2 – 4(γ 2 + aγ + b) ≥ 0<br />
3γ 2 + 2aγ – a 2 + 4b ≤ 0<br />
2 −<br />
− a + 2 a 3b<br />
so γ ≤<br />
3<br />
so greatest root is also less than or equal to<br />
− a + 2 a<br />
2 − 3b<br />
.<br />
3<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 48 DECEMBER 2009
MATHS<br />
Students' Forum<br />
Expert’s Solution for Question asked by <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> Aspirants<br />
1. Suppose f(x) = x 3 + ax 2 + bx + c, where a, b, c are<br />
chosen respectively by throwing a die three times.<br />
Find the probability that f(x) is an increasing<br />
function.<br />
Sol. f´(x) = 3x 2 + 2ax + b<br />
y = f(x) is strictly increasing<br />
⇒ f´(x) > 0 ∀ x<br />
⇒ (2a) 2 – 4.3.b < 0<br />
This is true for exactly 15 ordered pairs (a, b); 1 ≤ a,<br />
15 5<br />
b ≤ 6, so probability = = 36 12<br />
3. Let g be a real valued function satisfying g(x) + g(x +<br />
4) = g(x + 2) + g(x + 6), then prove that<br />
∫ x +8<br />
x<br />
is a constant function.<br />
g(t)<br />
dt<br />
Sol. given that g(x) + g(x + 4) = g(x + 2) + g(x + 6) ...(1)<br />
putting x = x + 2 in (1) ........<br />
g(x + 2) + g(x + 6) = g(x + 4) + g(x + 8) ...(2)<br />
from (1) & (2)<br />
g(x) = g(x + B)<br />
Now, f(x) =<br />
∫ x +8<br />
x<br />
g(t)<br />
dt<br />
2. If (a, b, c) is a point on the plane 3x + 2y + z = 7,<br />
then find the least value of a 2 + b 2 + c 2 , using vector<br />
methods.<br />
Sol. Let → A = a î + b ĵ + c kˆ<br />
⇒ → B = 3î + 2 ĵ + kˆ<br />
f´(x) = g(x + 8) – g(x) = 0<br />
⇒ g is constant function<br />
4. If exactly three distinct chords from (h, 0) point to the<br />
circle x 2 + y 2 = a 2 are bisected by the parabola<br />
y 2 = 4ax, a > 0, then find the range of 'h' parameter.<br />
Sol. Let M(at 2 , 2at) is mid-point of chord AB, then chord<br />
⇒<br />
→ →<br />
(A.B)<br />
2<br />
≤ | → A | 2 | → B| 2<br />
AB = T = S 1<br />
3a + 2b + c ≤<br />
(7) 2 ≤ (a 2 + b 2 + c 2 ) (14)<br />
2<br />
2<br />
a + b + c 14<br />
2<br />
B<br />
M<br />
A<br />
{Q 3a + 2b + c = 7, point lies on the plane}<br />
a 2 + b 2 + c 2 49 7<br />
≥ = 14 2<br />
AB : x.at 2 + y.2at = a 2 t 4 + 4a 2 t 2<br />
since AB chord passes through (h, 0)<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 49 DECEMBER 2009
so, h.at 2 = a 2 t 4 + 4a 2 t 2<br />
Sol. Let P be (x 1 , y 1 ),<br />
at 2 [at 2 + (4a – h)] = 0<br />
If a > 0 ⇒ 4a – h < 0<br />
Q<br />
A<br />
P<br />
⇒ h > 4a<br />
...(i)<br />
Now point (at 2 ,2at) must lie inside the circle, on<br />
solving<br />
a 2 t 4 + 4a 2 t 2 – a 2 < 0<br />
we get, h < a ( 5 + 2) ...(ii)<br />
from (i) & (ii)<br />
4a < h < a ( 5 + 2)<br />
5. Find the sum of the terms of G.P. a + ar + ar 2 + ..... + ∞<br />
where a is the value of x for which the function<br />
7 + 2x log e 25 – 5 x – 1 – 5 2– x has the greatest value and<br />
x t dt<br />
r is the Lt<br />
→0∫ 0<br />
2<br />
x tan( π + x<br />
a<br />
Sol. S =<br />
1− r<br />
,<br />
x )<br />
2<br />
To get the greatest value f´(x) = 2log e 25 – 5 x – 1 log 5<br />
+ 5 2– x log 5<br />
f´(x) = 4 log e 5 – 5 x– 1 log e 5 + 5.5 1 – x log e 5<br />
⇒ f´(x) = 0 put 5 x – 1 t(> 0)<br />
t 2 – 4t – 5 = 0 ⇒ t = 5 ⇒ 5 x –1 = 5 ⇒ x = 2<br />
to evaluate r :<br />
x t dt 1<br />
r = Lt<br />
→0∫ x 0<br />
2<br />
x tan( π + x )<br />
= π<br />
2<br />
1 2π<br />
since a = 2, r = ⇒ sum of G.P. = π π −1<br />
6. The tangent and normal at a point P on the ellipse<br />
2<br />
x y<br />
= 1 meets the y-axis at A and B<br />
2<br />
a b<br />
respectively. Find the angle subtended by AB at the<br />
points of intersection of the circle (through A,S,B)<br />
and the ellipse. S being one of the foci.<br />
+ 2<br />
2<br />
N<br />
B<br />
<strong>Point</strong>s of intersection of tangent and normal at P<br />
⎛<br />
2<br />
b ⎞ ⎛<br />
2<br />
a y ⎞<br />
points with y-axis and A ⎜ ⎟<br />
0 ,<br />
, B⎜<br />
1 ⎟<br />
⎝ y<br />
0 , y1<br />
−<br />
2<br />
,<br />
1 ⎠ ⎝ b ⎠<br />
S : (ae, 0)<br />
slope (SA). slope (SB) = –1<br />
⇒ ∠ASB = 90º (PA and PB are tangent and normal)<br />
P must lie on the circle with AB as diameter.<br />
Hence the point of intersection of the ellipse and the<br />
circle is P. Due to symmetry the angles made by AB<br />
at P,Q,M, N are all 90º.<br />
M<br />
Do you know<br />
• 100 years ago: The first virus was found in both<br />
plants and animals.<br />
• 90 years ago: The Grand Canyon became a<br />
national monument & Cellophane is invented.<br />
• 80 years ago: The food mixer and the domestic<br />
refrigerator were invented.<br />
• 70 years ago: The teletype and PVC (polyvinylchloride)<br />
were invented.<br />
• 60 years ago: Otto Hahn discovered nuclear<br />
fission by splitting uranium, Teflon was invented.<br />
• 50 years ago: Velcro was invented.<br />
• 40 years ago: An all-female population of lizards<br />
was discovered in Armenia.<br />
• 30 years ago: The computer mouse was<br />
invented.<br />
• 20 years ago: First test-tube baby born in<br />
England, Pluto’s moon, Charon, discovered.<br />
• 10 years ago: First patent for a geneticallyengineered<br />
mouse was issued to Harvard<br />
Medical School.<br />
S<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 50 DECEMBER 2009
MATH<br />
MONOTONICITY,<br />
MAXIMA & MINIMA<br />
Mathematics Fundamentals<br />
Monotonic Functions :<br />
A function f(x) defined in a domain D is said to be<br />
(i) Monotonic increasing :<br />
⎧x1<br />
< x 2 ⇒ f (x1)<br />
≤ f (x 2 )<br />
⇔ ⎨<br />
∀ x 1 , x 2 ∈ D<br />
⎩x1<br />
> x 2 ⇒ f (x1)<br />
≥ f (x 2)<br />
y<br />
x<br />
x<br />
O<br />
O<br />
⎧x1<br />
< x 2 ⇒ f (x1)<br />
> / f (x 2)<br />
i.e., ⇔ ⎨<br />
∀ x 1 , x 2 ∈ D<br />
⎩x1<br />
> x 2 ⇒ f (x1)<br />
< / f (x 2)<br />
(ii) Monotonic decreasing :<br />
⎧x1<br />
< x 2 ⇒ f (x1<br />
) ≥ f(x 2 )<br />
⇔ ⎨<br />
∀ x 1 , x 2 ∈ D<br />
⎩x1<br />
> x 2 ⇒ f (x 1)<br />
≤ f(x 2 )<br />
y<br />
x<br />
x<br />
O<br />
O<br />
⎧x1<br />
< x 2 ⇒ f (x1)<br />
< / f (x 2)<br />
i.e., ⇔ ⎨<br />
∀ x 1 , x 2 ∈ D<br />
⎩x1<br />
> x 2 ⇒ f (x1)<br />
/ > f(x 2)<br />
A function is said to be monotonic function in a<br />
domain if it is either monotonic increasing or<br />
monotonic decreasing in that domain.<br />
Note : If x 1 < x 2 ⇒ f(x 1 ) < f(x 2 ) ∀ x 1 , x 2 ∈ D, then<br />
f(x) is called strictly increasing in domain D and<br />
similarly decreasing in D.<br />
Method of testing monotonicity :<br />
(i) At a point : A function f(x) is said to be<br />
monotonic increasing (decreasing) at a point x = a of<br />
its domain if it is monotonic increasing (decreasing)<br />
in the interval (a – h, a + h) where h is a small<br />
positive number. Hence we may observer that if f(x)<br />
is monotonic increasing at x = a then at this point<br />
tangent to its graph will make an acute angle with x-<br />
axis where as if the function is monotonic decreasing<br />
there then tangent will make an obtuse angle with x-<br />
axis. Consequently f´(a) will be positive or negative<br />
y<br />
y<br />
according as f(x) is monotonic increasing or<br />
decreasing at x = a.<br />
So at x = a, function f(x) is<br />
monotonic increasing ⇔ f´(a) > 0<br />
monotonic decreasing ⇔ f´(a) < 0<br />
(ii) In an interval : In [a, b], f(x) is<br />
monotonic increasing ⇔ f´(x) ≥ 0⎫<br />
⎪<br />
monotonic decreasing ⇔ f´(x) ≤ 0⎬<br />
∀ x ∈ (a, b)<br />
constant ⇔ f´(x) = 0⎪<br />
⎭<br />
Note :<br />
(i) In above results f´(x) should not be zero for all<br />
values of x, otherwise f(x) will be a constant<br />
function.<br />
(ii) If in [a, b], f´(x) < 0 at least for one value of x and<br />
f´(x) > 0 for at least one value of x, then f(x) will<br />
not be monotonic in [a, b].<br />
Examples of monotonic function :<br />
If a functions is monotonic increasing (decreasing ) at<br />
every point of its domain, then it is said to be<br />
monotonic increasing (decreasing) function.<br />
In the following table we have example of some<br />
monotonic/not monotonic functions<br />
Monotonic<br />
increasing<br />
Monotonic<br />
decreasing<br />
Not<br />
monotonic<br />
x 3 1/x, x > 0 x 2<br />
x|x| 1 – 2x |x|<br />
e x e –x e x + e –x<br />
log x log 2 x sin x<br />
sin h x cosec h x, x > 0 cos h x<br />
[x] cot hx, x > 0 sec h x<br />
Properties of monotonic functions :<br />
If f(x) is strictly increasing in some interval, then in<br />
that interval, f –1 exists and that is also strictly<br />
increasing function.<br />
If f(x) is continuous in [a, b] and differentiable in<br />
(a, b), then<br />
f´(c) ≥ 0 ∀ c ∈ (a, b) ⇒ f(x) is monotonic increasing<br />
in [a, b]<br />
f´(c) ≥ 0 ∀ c ∈ (a, b) ⇒ f(x) is monotonic decreasing<br />
in [a, b]<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 51 DECEMBER 2009
If both f(x) and g(x) are increasing (or decreasing) in<br />
[a, b] and gof is defined in [a, b], then gof is<br />
increasing.<br />
If f(x) and g(x) are two monotonic functions in [a, b]<br />
such that one is increasing and other is decreasing<br />
then gof, it is defined, is decreasing function.<br />
Maximum and Minimum <strong>Point</strong>s :<br />
The value of a function f(x) is said to be maximum at<br />
x = a if there exists a small positive number δ such<br />
that f(a) > f(x)<br />
y<br />
( ) ( ) ( ) x<br />
O a b c<br />
Also then the point x = a is called a maximum point<br />
for the function f(x).<br />
Similarly the value of f(x) is said to be minimum at x<br />
= b if there exists a small positive number δ such that<br />
f(b) < f(x) ∀ x ∈ (b – δ, b + δ)<br />
Also then the point x = b is called a minimum point<br />
for f(x)<br />
Hence we find that :<br />
(i) x = a is a maximum point of f(x)<br />
⇔ ⎨ ⎧ f (a) – f(a + h) > 0<br />
⎩ f(a) – f(a – h) > 0<br />
(ii) x = b is a minimum point of f(x)<br />
⇔ ⎨ ⎧ f (b) – f(b + h) < 0<br />
⎩ f(b) – f(b – h) > 0<br />
(iii) x = c is neither a maximum point nor a minimum<br />
point<br />
⎪⎧<br />
f (c) – f(c + h) ⎪⎫<br />
⇔ ⎨ and ⎬ have opposite signs.<br />
⎪⎩ f(c) − f(c − h) ⎪⎭<br />
Where h is a very small positive number.<br />
Note :<br />
The maximum and minimum points are also<br />
known as extreme points.<br />
A function may have more than one maximum<br />
and minimum points.<br />
A maximum value of a function f(x) in an interval<br />
[a, b] is not necessarily its greatest value in that<br />
interval. Similarly a minimum value may not be<br />
the least value of the function. A minimum value<br />
may be greater than some maximum value for a<br />
function.<br />
The greatest and least values of a function f(x) in<br />
an interval [a, b] may be determined as follows :<br />
Greatest value = max. {f(a), f(b), f(c)}<br />
Least value = min. {f(a), f(b), f(c)}<br />
where x = c is a point such that f´(c) = 0.<br />
If a continuous function has only one maximum<br />
(minimum) point, then at this point function has<br />
its greatest (least) value.<br />
Monotonic functions do not have extreme points.<br />
Conditions for maxima and minima of a function<br />
Necessary condition : A point x = a is an extreme<br />
point of a function f(x) if f´(a) = 0, provided f´(a)<br />
exists. Thus if f´(a) exists, then<br />
x = a is an extreme point ⇒ f´(a) = 0 or<br />
f´(a) ≠ 0 ⇒ x = a is not an extreme point<br />
But its converse is not true i.e.<br />
f´(a) = 0 /⇒ x = a is an extreme point.<br />
For example if f(x) = x 3 , then f´(0) = 0 but x = 0 is<br />
not an extreme point.<br />
Sufficient condition : For a given function f(x), a<br />
point x = a is<br />
a maximum point if f´(a) = 0 and f´´(a) < 0<br />
a minimum point if f´(a) = 0 and f´´(a) > 0<br />
not an extreme point if f´(a) = 0 = f´´(a) and<br />
f´´´(a) ≠ 0.<br />
Note : If f´(a) = 0, f´´(a) = 0, f´´´(a) = 0 then the sign<br />
of f (4) (a) will determine the maximum or minimum<br />
point as above.<br />
Working Method :<br />
Find f´(x) and f´´(x).<br />
Solve f´(x) = 0. Let its roots be a, b, c, ...<br />
Determine the sign of f´´(x) at x = a, b, c, .... and<br />
decide the nature of the point as mentioned above.<br />
Properties of maxima and minima :<br />
If f(x) is continuous function, then<br />
Between two equal values of f(x), there lie atleast one<br />
maxima or minima.<br />
Maxima and minima occur alternately. For example<br />
if x = –1, 2, 5 are extreme points of a continuous<br />
function and if x = –1 is a maximum point then x = 2<br />
will be a minimum point and x = 5 will be a<br />
maximum point.<br />
When x passes a maximum point, the sign of dy/dx<br />
changes from + ve to – ve, where as when x passes<br />
through a minimum point, the sign of f´(x) changes<br />
from –ve to + ve.<br />
If there is no change in the sign of dy/dx on two sides<br />
of a point, then such a point is not an extreme point.<br />
If f(x) is maximum (minimum) at a point x = a, then<br />
1/f(x), [f(x) ≠ 0] will be minimum (maximum) at that<br />
point.<br />
If f(x) is maximum (minimum) at a point x = a, then<br />
for any λ ∈ R, λ + f(x), log f(x) and for any k > 0, k<br />
f(x), [f(x)] k are also maxmimum (minimum) at that<br />
point.<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 52 DECEMBER 2009
MATH<br />
FUNCTION<br />
Mathematics Fundamentals<br />
Definition of a Function :<br />
Let A and B be two sets and f be a rule under which<br />
every element of A is associated to a unique element<br />
of B. Then such a rule f is called a function from A to<br />
B and symbolically it is expressed as<br />
f : A → B<br />
If f and g are two functions then their sum,<br />
difference, product, quotient and composite are<br />
denoted by<br />
f + g, f – g, fg, f/g, fog<br />
and they are defined as follows :<br />
(f + g) (x) = f(x) + g(x)<br />
or<br />
A ⎯→<br />
f<br />
B<br />
(f – g) (x) = f(x) – g(x)<br />
Function as a Set of Ordered Pairs<br />
Every function f : A → B can be considered as a set<br />
of ordered pairs in which first element is an element<br />
of A and second is the image of the first element.<br />
Thus<br />
f = {a, f(a) /a ∈ A, f(a) ∈ B}.<br />
Domain, Codomain and Range of a Function :<br />
If f : A → B is a function, then A is called domain of<br />
f and B is called codomain of f. Also the set of all<br />
images of elements of A is called the range of f and it<br />
is expressed by f(A). Thus<br />
f(A) = {f(a) |a ∈ A}<br />
obviously f(A) ⊂ B.<br />
Note : Generally we denote domain of a function f by<br />
D f and its range by R f.<br />
Equal Functions :<br />
Two functions f and g are said to be equal functions<br />
if<br />
domain of f = domain of g<br />
codomain of f = codomain of g<br />
f(x) = g(x) ∀ x.<br />
Algebra of Functions :<br />
(fg) (x) = f(x) f(g)<br />
(f/g) (x) = f(x)/g(x) (g(x) ≠ 0)<br />
(fog) (x) = f[g(x)]<br />
Formulae for domain of functions :<br />
D f ± g = D f ∩ D g<br />
D fg = D f ∩ D g<br />
D f/g = D f ∩ D g ∩ {x |g(x) ≠ 0}<br />
D gof = {x ∈ D f | f(x) ∈ D g }<br />
D = D<br />
f f ∩ {x |f(x) ≥ 0}<br />
Classification of Functions<br />
1. Algebraic and Transcendental Functions :<br />
Algebraic functions : If the rule of the function<br />
consists of sum, difference, product, power or<br />
roots of a variable, then it is called an algebraic<br />
function.<br />
Transcendental Functions : Those functions<br />
which are not algebraic are named as<br />
transcendental or non algebraic functions.<br />
2. Even and Odd Functions :<br />
Even functions : If by replacing x by –x in f(x)<br />
there in no change in the rule then f(x) is called an<br />
even function. Thus<br />
f(x) is even ⇔ f(–x) = f(x)<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 53 DECEMBER 2009
Odd function : If by replacing x by –x in f(x)<br />
there is only change of sign of f(x) then f(x) is<br />
called an odd function. Thus<br />
f(x) is odd ⇔ f(–x) = – f(x)<br />
3. Explicit and Implicit Functions :<br />
Explicit function : A function is said to be<br />
explicit if its rule is directly expressed (or can be<br />
expressed( in terms of the independent variable.<br />
Such a function is generally written as<br />
y = f(x), x = g(y) etc.<br />
Implicit function : A function is said to be<br />
implicit if its rule cannot be expressed directly in<br />
terms of the independent variable. Symbolically<br />
we write such a function as<br />
f(x, y) = 0, φ(x, y) = 0 etc.<br />
4. Continuous and Discontinuous Functions :<br />
Continuous functions : A functions is said to be<br />
continuous if its graph is continuous i.e. there is<br />
no gap or break or jump in the graph.<br />
Discontinuous Functions : A function is said to<br />
be discontinuous if it has a gap or break in its<br />
graph atleast at one point. Thus a function which<br />
is not continuous is named as discontinuous.<br />
5. Increasing and Decreasing Functions :<br />
Increasing Functions : A function f(x) is said to<br />
be increasing function if for any x 1 , x 2 of its<br />
domain<br />
x 1 < x 2 ⇒ f(x 1 ) ≤ f(x 2 )<br />
or x 1 > x 2 ⇒ f(x 1 ) ≥ f(x 2 )<br />
Decreasing Functions : A function f(x) is said to<br />
be decreasing function if for any x 1 , x 2 of its<br />
domain<br />
x 1 < x 2 ⇒ f(x 1 ) ≥ f(x 2 )<br />
or x 1 > x 2 ⇒ f(x 1 ) ≤ f(x 2 )<br />
Periodic Functions :<br />
A functions f(x) is called a periodic function if there<br />
exists a positive real number T such that<br />
f(x + T) = f(x).<br />
∀ x<br />
Also then the least value of T is called the period of<br />
the function f(x).<br />
Period of f(x) = T<br />
⇒ Period of f(nx + a) = T/n<br />
Periods of some functions :<br />
Function<br />
sin x, cos x, sec x, cosec x,<br />
tan x, cot x<br />
sin n x, cos n x, sec n x, cosec n x<br />
tan n x, cot n x<br />
|sin x|, |cos x|, |sec x|, |cosec x|<br />
|tan x|, |cot x|,<br />
2π<br />
|sin x| + |cos x|, sin 4 x + cos 4 x π<br />
|sec x| + |cosec x| 2<br />
|tan x| + |cot x|<br />
x – [x] 1<br />
π<br />
Period<br />
2π if n is odd<br />
π if n is even<br />
π ∀ n ∈ N<br />
π<br />
π<br />
π<br />
2<br />
Period of f(x) = T ⇒ period of f(ax + b) = T/|a|<br />
Period of f 1 (x) = T 1 , period fo f 2 (x) = T 2<br />
⇒ period of a f 1 (x) + bf 2 (x) ≤ LCM {T 1 , T 2 }<br />
Kinds of Functions :<br />
One-one/ May one Functions :<br />
A function f : A → B is said to be one-one if<br />
different elements of A have their different<br />
images in B.<br />
Thus<br />
⎧ a ≠ b<br />
⎪<br />
f is one-one ⇔ ⎨<br />
⎪<br />
⎩f<br />
(a) = f (b)<br />
⇒<br />
or<br />
⇒<br />
f (a)<br />
≠ f (b)<br />
a = b<br />
A function which is not one-one is called many<br />
one. Thus if f is many one then atleast two<br />
different elements have same f-image.<br />
Onto/Into Functions : A function f : A → B is<br />
said to be onto if range of f = codomain of f<br />
Thus f is onto ⇔ f(A) = B<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 54 DECEMBER 2009
Hence f : A → B is onto if every element of B<br />
(co-domain) has its f–preimage in A (domain).<br />
A function which is not onto is named as into<br />
function. Thus f : A → B is into if f(A) ≠ B. i.e.,<br />
if there exists atleast one element in codomain of<br />
f which has no preimage in domain.<br />
Note :<br />
Total number of functions : If A and B are finite<br />
sets containing m and n elements respectively,<br />
then<br />
total number of functions which can be defined<br />
from A to B = n m .<br />
total number of one-one functions from A to B<br />
=<br />
⎪⎩<br />
⎪ ⎨<br />
⎧<br />
n<br />
p m<br />
0<br />
if<br />
if<br />
m ≤ n<br />
m > n<br />
total number of onto functions from A to B (if m<br />
≥ n) = total number of different n groups of m<br />
elements.<br />
Composite of Functions :<br />
Let f : A → B and g : B → C be two functions, then<br />
the composite of the functions f and g denoted by<br />
gof, is a function from A to C given by gof : A → C,<br />
(gof) (x) = g[f(x)].<br />
Properties of Composite Function :<br />
The following properties of composite functions can<br />
easily be established.<br />
Composite of functions is not commutative i.e.,<br />
fog ≠ gof<br />
Composite of functions is associative i.e.<br />
(fog)oh = fo(goh)<br />
Composite of two bijections is also a bijection.<br />
Inverse Function :<br />
If f : A → B is one-one onto, then the inverse of f i.e.,<br />
f –1 is a function from B to A under which every b ∈ B<br />
is associated to that a ∈ A for which f(a) = b.<br />
Thus f –1 : B → A,<br />
f –1 (b) = a ⇔ f(a) = b.<br />
Domain and Range of some standard functions :<br />
Function Domain Range<br />
Polynomial<br />
function<br />
Identity<br />
function x<br />
Constant<br />
function c<br />
Reciprocal<br />
function 1/x<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
{c}<br />
R 0 R 0<br />
x 2 , |x| R R + ∪ {0}<br />
x 3 , x |x| R R<br />
Signum<br />
function<br />
R {–1, 0, 1}<br />
x + |x| R R + ∪ {0}<br />
x – |x| R R – ∪ {0}<br />
[x] R Z<br />
x – [x] R [0, 1)<br />
x [0, ∞) [0, ∞)<br />
a x R R +<br />
log x R + R<br />
sin x R [–1, 1]<br />
cos x R [–1, 7]<br />
tan x<br />
R – {± π/2, ± 3π/2, ...} R<br />
cot x R – {0, ± π. ± 2π, ..... R<br />
sec x R – (± π/2, ± 3π/2, ..... R – (–1, 1)<br />
cosec x R – {0, ±π, ± 2π, ......} R –(–1, 1)<br />
sinh x R R<br />
cosh x R [1, ∞)<br />
tanh x R (–1, 1)<br />
coth x R 0 R –[1, –1]<br />
sech x R (0, 1]<br />
cosech x R 0 R 0<br />
sin –1 x [–1, 1] [–π/2, π/2]<br />
cos –1 x [–1, 1] [0, π]<br />
tan –1 x R (–π/2, π/2}<br />
cot –1 x R (0, π)<br />
sec –1 x R –(–1, 1) [0, π] – {π/2}<br />
cosec –1 x R – (–1, 1) (– π/2, π/2] – {0}<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 55 DECEMBER 2009
Based on New Pattern<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> <strong>2010</strong><br />
XtraEdge Test Series # 8<br />
Time : 3 Hours<br />
Syllabus :<br />
Physics : Full Syllabus, Chemistry : Full Syllabus, Mathematics : Full syllabus<br />
Instructions :<br />
Section - I<br />
• Question 1 to 4 are multiple choice questions with only one correct answer. +3 marks will be awarded for correct<br />
answer and -1 mark for wrong answer.<br />
• Question 5 to 9 are multiple choice questions with multiple correct answer. +4 marks and -1 mark for wrong answer.<br />
Section - II<br />
• Question 10 to 11 are Column Matching type questions. +8 marks will be awarded for the complete correctly<br />
matched answer and No Negative marks for wrong answer. However, +2 marks will be given for a correctly<br />
marked answer in any row.<br />
Section - III<br />
• Question 12 to 19 are numerical response type questions. +4 marks will be awarded for correct answer and -1 mark<br />
for wrong answer.<br />
PHYSICS<br />
Questions 1 to 4 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which ONLY ONE is correct.<br />
1. A deuterium plasma is a neutral mixture of<br />
negatively charged electrons and positively charged<br />
deuterium charged electrons and positively charged<br />
deuterium nuclei. Temperature required to produced<br />
fusion in deuterium plasma is : (Take the range of<br />
nuclear forces 2 fermi)<br />
(A) 835 K<br />
(B) 835 × 10 7 K<br />
(C) 8.35 × 10 7 K (D) 273 K<br />
2. As observed in the laboratory system, a 6 MeV<br />
proton is incident on a stationary 12 C target velocity<br />
of center of mass of the system is : (Take mass of<br />
proton to be 1 amu)<br />
(A) 2.6 × 10 6 m/s (B) 6.2 × 10 6 m/s<br />
(C) 10 × 10 6 m/s (D) 10 m/s<br />
3. Find the de Broglie wavelength of Earth. Mass of<br />
Earth is 6 × 10 24 kg. Mean orbital radius of Earth<br />
around Sun is 150 × 10 6 km -<br />
(A) 3.7 m<br />
(B) 3.7 × 10 –63 m<br />
(C) 3.7 × 10 63 m (D) 3.7 × 10 –63 cm<br />
4. A particle starts from rest and travels a distance x<br />
with uniform acceleration, then moves uniformly a<br />
distance 2x and finally comes at rest after moving<br />
further 5x distance with uniform retardation. The<br />
ratio of maximum speed to average speed is -<br />
5<br />
5<br />
(A) (B) 2 3<br />
(C) 4<br />
7<br />
(D) 5<br />
7<br />
Questions 5 to 9 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct.<br />
5. A body moves in a circular path of radius R with<br />
deceleration so that at any moment of time its<br />
tangential and normal accelerations are equal in<br />
magnitude. At the initial moment t = 0, the velocity<br />
of body is v 0 then the velocity of body will be-<br />
(A)<br />
(B) v =<br />
v0<br />
v = at time t<br />
⎛ v0t<br />
⎞<br />
1 + ⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ R ⎠<br />
v 0 e<br />
−S/<br />
R<br />
after it has moved S meter<br />
(C) v = v 0 e –SR after it has moved S meter<br />
(D) None of these<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 56 DECEMBER 2009
6. Three identical rods of same material are joined to<br />
form a triangular shape ABC as shown. Angles at<br />
edge A and C are respectively θ 1 and θ 2 as shown.<br />
When this triangular shape is heated then -<br />
A<br />
B<br />
θ 1<br />
(A) θ 1 decreases and θ 2 increases<br />
(B) θ 1 increases and θ 2 decreases<br />
(C) θ 1 increases<br />
(D) θ 2 increases<br />
7. Direction of current in coil (2) is opposite to<br />
direction of current in coil (1) and coil (3). All three<br />
coils are coaxial and equidistant coil (1) and coil (3)<br />
are fixed while coil (2) is suspended thus able to<br />
move freely. Then -<br />
R<br />
θ 2<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
(A) coil (2) is in equilibrium<br />
(B) equilibrium state of coil (2) is stable<br />
equilibrium along axial direction<br />
(C) equilibrium state of coil (2) is unstable<br />
equilibrium along axial direction<br />
(D) if direction of current in coil (2) is same as that<br />
of coil (1) and coil (3) then state of equilibrium<br />
of coil (2) along axial direction is unstable<br />
8. Which of the following statements are correct about<br />
the circuits shown in the figure where 1 Ω and 0.5<br />
Ω are internal resistances of the 6 V and 12 V<br />
batteries respectively –<br />
P<br />
R<br />
4Ω<br />
6V, 1Ω<br />
R<br />
C<br />
12V, 0.5Ω<br />
Q<br />
0.5Ω<br />
(A) The potential at point P is 6 V<br />
(B) The potential at point Q is – 0.5 V<br />
(C) If a voltmeter is connected across the 6 V<br />
battery, it will read 7 V<br />
(D) If a voltmeter is connected across the 6 V<br />
battery, it will read 5 V<br />
S<br />
R<br />
9. In passing through a boundary refraction will not<br />
take place if -<br />
(A) light is incident normally on the boundary<br />
(B) the indices of refraction of the two media are same<br />
(C) the boundary is not visible<br />
(D) angle of incidence is lesser than angle of<br />
refraction but greater then sin –1 ⎛ µ<br />
⎟ ⎞<br />
⎜<br />
R<br />
⎝ µ D ⎠<br />
This section contains 2 questions (Questions 10 to 11).<br />
Each question contains statements given in two<br />
columns which have to be matched. Statements (A, B,<br />
C, D) in Column I have to be matched with statements<br />
(P, Q, R, S, T) in Column II. The answers to these<br />
questions have to be appropriately bubbled as<br />
illustrated in the following example. If the correct<br />
matches are A-P, A-S, A-T, B-Q, B-R, C-P, C-Q and<br />
D-S, D-T then the correctly bubbled 4 × 5 matrix<br />
should be as follows :<br />
A<br />
B<br />
C<br />
D<br />
P Q R S T<br />
P<br />
P<br />
P<br />
P<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
S<br />
S<br />
S<br />
S<br />
T<br />
T<br />
T<br />
T<br />
10. Match column I with column II in the light of<br />
possibility of occurrence of phenomena listed in<br />
column I using the systems in column II -<br />
Column-I Column-II<br />
(A) Interference<br />
(B) Diffraction<br />
(C) Polarisation<br />
(D) Reflection<br />
(P) Non-mechanical<br />
waves<br />
(Q) Electromagnetic<br />
waves<br />
(R) Visible light<br />
(S) Sound waves<br />
(T) None<br />
11. Column-I Column-II<br />
(A) 5000 Å (P) De-Broglie wavelength of<br />
electron in x-ray tube<br />
(B) 1 Å<br />
(Q) Photoelectric threshold<br />
wavelength<br />
(C) 0.1 Å (R) x-ray wavelength<br />
(D) 10 Å (S) De-Broglie wavelength of<br />
most energetic photoelectron<br />
emitted from metal surface<br />
(T) None<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 57 DECEMBER 2009
This section contains 8 questions (Questions 12 to 19).<br />
The answer to each of the questions is a SINGLE-<br />
DIGIT INTEGER, ranging from 0 to 9. The<br />
appropriate bubbles below the respective question<br />
numbe rs in the OMR have to be darkened. For<br />
example, if the correct answers to question numbers X,<br />
Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and 2, respectively, then<br />
the correct darkening of bubbles will look like the<br />
following :<br />
X Y Z W<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
12. The minimum speed in m/s with which a projectile<br />
must be thrown from origin at ground so that it is able to<br />
pass through a point P (30 m, 40 m) is : (g = 10 m/s 2 )<br />
(Ans. in .............. × 10)<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
between the particles in process of their motion in<br />
meters is (g = 10 m/s 2 ).<br />
u = 2 m/s<br />
A 45°<br />
9m v = 14 m/s<br />
B<br />
22m<br />
45°<br />
17. Consider the circuit shown in figure. What is the<br />
current through the battery just after the switch is<br />
closed.<br />
18V<br />
S<br />
2mH<br />
9Ω<br />
9Ω<br />
9Ω<br />
2mH<br />
18. A rectangular plate of mass 20 kg is suspended from<br />
points A and B as shown. If the pin B is suddenly<br />
removed then the angular acceleration in rad/sec 2 of<br />
the plate is : (g = 10 m/s 2 ).<br />
A<br />
B<br />
13. In U 238 ore containing Uranium the ratio of U 234 to<br />
Pb 206 nuclei is 3. Assuming that all the lead present in<br />
the ore is final stable product of U 238 . Half life of<br />
U 238 to be 4.5 × 10 9 years and find the age of ore.<br />
(in 10 9 years)<br />
l =0.2m<br />
b =0.15m<br />
14. Under standard conditions the gas density is<br />
1.3 mg/cm 3 and the velocity of sound propagation in<br />
it is 330 m/s, then the number of degrees of freedom<br />
of gas is.<br />
15. A single conservative force acts on a body of mass<br />
1 kg that moves along the x-axis. The potential energy<br />
U(x) is given by U (x) = 20 + (x – 2) 2 , where x is in<br />
meters. At x = 5.0 m the particle has a kinetic energy of<br />
20 J, then the maximum kinetic energy of body in J is.<br />
(Ans. in .............. × 10)<br />
16. Two particles are simultaneously thrown from top of<br />
two towers with making angle 45º with horizontal.<br />
Their velocities are 2 m/s and 14 m/s. Horizontal and<br />
vertical separation between these particles are 22 m<br />
and 9 m respectively. Then the minimum separation<br />
19. If the temperature of a gas is raised by 1 K from<br />
27ºC. Find the percentage change in speed of sound.<br />
(Speed = 300 ms –1 )<br />
(Ans. in .............. × 10 2 )<br />
CHEMISTRY<br />
Questions 1 to 4 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which ONLY ONE is correct.<br />
1. In the precipitation of sulphides of second group<br />
basic radicals. H 2 S is passed into acidified solution<br />
with dilute HCl. If the solution is not acidified, then<br />
which of the following is correct ?<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 58 DECEMBER 2009
(A) Only the sulphides of second group get<br />
precipitated<br />
(B) Only the sulphides of fourth group get<br />
precipitated<br />
(C) Neither of the sulphides of second and fourth<br />
groups get pricipitated<br />
(D) Sulphides of both the groups second and fourth<br />
get precipitated<br />
2. The geometrical shapes of XeF + 2–<br />
5 , XeF 6 and XeF 8<br />
respectively are -<br />
(A) trigonal bipyramidal, octahedral and square<br />
planar<br />
(B) square based pyramidal, distorted octahedral and<br />
octahedral<br />
(C) planar pentagonal, octahedral and square anti<br />
prismatic<br />
(D) square based pyramidal, distorted octahedral and<br />
square anti prismatic<br />
3. Regarding graphite the following informations are<br />
available :<br />
3.35Å<br />
Top view<br />
5. The difference between ortho and para hydrogen<br />
is/are -<br />
(A) they are electron spin isomer, where the spins of<br />
electrons are opposite<br />
(B) ortho hydrogen is more stable at lower<br />
temperature<br />
(C) they are nuclear spin isomer, where the spins of<br />
protons are same in para and different in ortho<br />
isomer<br />
(D) they are nuclear spin isomers, where the spins of<br />
protons are opposite in para but same in ortho<br />
isomer<br />
6. NGP assistance support for S N 2 reaction will be seen<br />
in -<br />
(A)<br />
(C)<br />
OH<br />
Cl<br />
OH<br />
Θ<br />
COO<br />
(B) CH 3 –S–CH 2 –CH 2 –Cl<br />
(D)<br />
OH<br />
7. When the compound called isoborneol is heated with<br />
50% sulfuric acid the product of the reaction is/are ?<br />
HO<br />
Cl<br />
Isoborneol<br />
The density of graphite = 2.25 gm/cm 3 . What is C–C<br />
bond distance in graphite ?<br />
(A) 1.68Å (B) 1.545Å<br />
(C) 2.852 Å (D) 1.426Å<br />
(A)<br />
(C)<br />
(B)<br />
(D)<br />
4. The molecular formula of a non-stoichiometric tin<br />
oxide containing Sn(II) and Sn (IV) ions is Sn 4.44 O 8 .<br />
Therefore, the molar ratio of Sn(II) to Sn(IV) is<br />
approximately -<br />
(A) 1 : 8 (B) 1 : 6<br />
(C) 1 : 4 (D) 1 : 1<br />
Questions 5 to 9 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct.<br />
8. Regarding the radial probability distribution<br />
(4nr 2 R 2 nl) vs r plot which of the following is/are<br />
correct ?<br />
(A) The number of maxima is (n-l)<br />
(B) The number of nodal points is (n-l-1)<br />
(C) The radius at which the radial probability density<br />
reaches to maxima is 3s < 3p < 3d<br />
(D) The number of angular nodes is l<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 59 DECEMBER 2009
9. H 2 C 2 O 4 and NaHC 2 O 4 behave as acids as well as<br />
reducing agents which is/are correct statement (s) ?<br />
(A) Equivalent wt. of H 2 C 2 O 4 and NaHC 2 O 4 are<br />
equal to their molecular weights when behaving<br />
as reducing agent<br />
(B) 100 mL of 1N solution of each is neutralised by<br />
equal volumes of 1M Ca(OH) 2<br />
(C) 100 mL of 1N solution of each is neutralised by<br />
equal volumes of 1N Ca(OH) 2<br />
(D) 100 mL of 1M solution of each is oxidised by<br />
equal volumes of 1M KMnO 4<br />
(B)<br />
(C)<br />
Cl<br />
Me<br />
Cl<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Br<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Br<br />
Cl<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Cl<br />
Me<br />
This section contains 2 questions (Questions 10 to 11).<br />
Each question contains statements given in two<br />
columns which have to be matched. Statements (A, B,<br />
C, D) in Column I have to be matched with statements<br />
(P, Q, R, S, T) in Column II. The answers to these<br />
questions have to be appropriately bubbled as<br />
illustrated in the following example. If the correct<br />
matches are A-P, A-S, A-T, B-Q, B-R, C-P, C-Q and<br />
D-S, D-T then the correctly bubbled 4 × 5 matrix<br />
should be as follows :<br />
P Q R S T<br />
A<br />
B<br />
C<br />
D<br />
P<br />
P<br />
P<br />
P<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
S<br />
S<br />
S<br />
S<br />
T<br />
T<br />
T<br />
T<br />
10. Column-I Column-II<br />
⎛ a ⎞<br />
(A) If force of attraction (P) ⎜P<br />
+ ⎟<br />
⎝ V 2<br />
(V–b)= RT<br />
⎠<br />
among the gas molecules<br />
be negligible<br />
(B) If the volume of the (Q) PV = RT –a/V<br />
gas molecules be<br />
negligible<br />
(C) At STP (for real gas) (R) PV = RT + Pb<br />
(D) At low pressure and (S) PV = RT<br />
at high temperature<br />
(T) PV/RT = 1–a/VRT<br />
11. Column-I<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Cl<br />
(D)<br />
Me<br />
Cl<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Br<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Br<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Column-II<br />
(P) Optically active<br />
(Q) Cis compound<br />
(R) Trans compound<br />
(S) Optically inactive<br />
(T) Chiral axis (element of chirality)<br />
Cl<br />
Me<br />
This section contains 8 questions (Questions 12 to 19).<br />
The answer to each of the questions is a SINGLE-<br />
DIGIT INTEGER, ranging from 0 to 9. The<br />
appropriate bubbles below the respective question<br />
numbers in the OMR have to be darkened. For<br />
example, if the correct answers to question numbers X,<br />
Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and 2, respectively, then<br />
the correct darkening of bubbles will look like the<br />
following :<br />
X Y Z W<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
(A)<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
Me<br />
12. What is the number of lone pair on the molecule<br />
XeO 2 F 2 ?<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 60 DECEMBER 2009
13. 15g of a solute in 100g water makes a solution freeze<br />
at –1ºC. What will be the depression in freezing point<br />
if 30g of a solute is dissolved in 100g of water ?<br />
14. The half lives of decomposition of gaseous CH 3 CHO<br />
at constant temperature but at initial pressure of<br />
364mm and 170mm Hg were 410 second and 880<br />
second respectively. Hence what is the order of<br />
reaction.<br />
15. The number of S–S bonds in sulphur trioxide trimer<br />
(S 3 O 9 ) is ....... .<br />
16. The number of peroxo linkages present in the<br />
[H 4 B 2 O 8 ] 2– is ..... .<br />
17. The maximum number of structural isomers (acyclic<br />
and cyclic) possible for C 4 H 8 are ....... .<br />
18. What is the no. of lone pair of electrons present on N<br />
in Trisilylamine ?<br />
19. A small amount of solution containing 24 Na with<br />
activity 2 × 10 3 dps was administered into the blood<br />
of patient in a hospital. After 5 hour a sample of the<br />
blood drawn out from the patient shared an activity<br />
of 16 dps per cm 3 . (t 1/2 of 24 Na = 15 hrs.) Find the<br />
volume (in L) of blood in patient.<br />
[Given : log 1.2598 = 0.1003]<br />
MATHEMATICS<br />
Questions 1 to 4 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which ONLY ONE is correct.<br />
1. The largest term in the expansion of (3 + 2x) 50 , where<br />
x = 1/5, is -<br />
(A) 5th<br />
(B) 6th<br />
(C) 8th<br />
(D) 9th<br />
1<br />
2. If sin<br />
–1 ⎡ 3sin 2θ<br />
⎤<br />
2<br />
⎢ ⎥ = tan –1 x, then x =<br />
⎣5+<br />
4cos 2θ⎦<br />
(A) tan 3θ<br />
(B) 3 tan θ<br />
(C) (1/3) tan θ<br />
(D) 3 cot θ<br />
3.<br />
(cos x −1)(cos x − e<br />
The integer n for which lim<br />
x→0<br />
n<br />
x<br />
a finite nonzero number is -<br />
(A) 1 (B) 2<br />
(C) 3 (D) 4<br />
x<br />
)<br />
is<br />
x<br />
4. If f(x) = and g(x) =<br />
sin x<br />
then in this interval -<br />
x<br />
tan x<br />
where 0 < x ≤ 1,<br />
(A) both f(x) and g(x) are increasing functions<br />
(B) both f(x) and g(x) are decreasing functions<br />
(C) f(x) is an increasing function<br />
(D) g(x) is an increasing function<br />
Questions 5 to 9 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct.<br />
5. If a, b, c are in A.P., and a 2 , b 2 , c 2 are in H.P., then<br />
(A) a = b = c<br />
(C) a, b, c are in H.P.<br />
(B) a, b, – 2<br />
1 c are in G.P.<br />
(D) – 2<br />
1 a, b, c are in G.P.<br />
6. The system of equations<br />
–2x + y + z = a<br />
x – 2y + z = b<br />
x = y – 2z = c<br />
has<br />
(A) no solution if a + b + c ≠ 0<br />
(B) unique solution if a + b + c = 0<br />
(C) infinite number of solutions if a + b + c = 0<br />
(D) none of these<br />
7.<br />
x<br />
The function f(x) =<br />
1+<br />
| x |<br />
is differentiable on -<br />
(A) (0, ∞) (B) [0, ∞)<br />
(C) (–∞, 0)<br />
(D) (– ∞,∞)<br />
4 2<br />
x sinx + cos x⎛ x cos x x sin x cos x ⎞<br />
8. If l = e ⎜<br />
− +<br />
⎟<br />
∫<br />
dx<br />
2 2<br />
x cos x<br />
⎝<br />
⎠<br />
then l equals -<br />
(A) e x s in x ⎛ sec x ⎞<br />
+ cos x ⎜x<br />
− ⎟ + C<br />
⎝ x ⎠<br />
(B) e x s in x ⎛ cosx<br />
⎞<br />
+ cos x ⎜x<br />
sin x − ⎟<br />
⎝ x ⎠<br />
(C) e x s in x ⎛<br />
+ cos x ⎜<br />
⎝<br />
(D) xe x sin x+cos x –<br />
∫<br />
x<br />
tan x<br />
e<br />
secx<br />
⎞<br />
− ⎟ + C x ⎠<br />
x sinx + cos x<br />
⎛ cos x − x sin x ⎞<br />
⎜1−<br />
⎟ dx<br />
2 2<br />
⎝ x cos x ⎠<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 61 DECEMBER 2009
9.<br />
y ⎛ x<br />
If for the differential equation y′ = + φ x ⎟ ⎞<br />
⎜<br />
⎝ y ⎠<br />
the<br />
x<br />
general solution is y =<br />
log | Cx |<br />
then f (x / y) is<br />
given by -<br />
(A) – x 2 / y 2 (B) y 2 / x 2<br />
(C) x 2 / y 2 (D) – y 2 / x 2<br />
This section contains 2 questions (Questions 10 to 11).<br />
Each question contains statements given in two<br />
columns which have to be matched. Statements (A, B,<br />
C, D) in Column I have to be matched with statements<br />
(P, Q, R, S, T) in Column II. The answers to these<br />
questions have to be appropriately bubbled as<br />
illustrated in the following example. If the correct<br />
matches are A-P, A-S, A-T, B-Q, B-R, C-P, C-Q and<br />
D-S, D-T then the correctly bubbled 4 × 5 matrix<br />
should be as follows :<br />
P Q R S T<br />
A<br />
B<br />
C<br />
D<br />
P<br />
P<br />
P<br />
P<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
S<br />
S<br />
S<br />
S<br />
T<br />
T<br />
T<br />
T<br />
10. The domain of the functions<br />
Column-I<br />
Column-II<br />
(A) sin –1 (x/2 – 1) (P) (3 – 2π, 3 – π) ∪ (3,4]<br />
+ log (x – [x])<br />
2<br />
(B) e x + 5sin π / 16 − x (Q)(0, 4) – {1, 2, 3}<br />
(C) log 10 sin (x – 3) (R)[– π/4, π/4]<br />
2<br />
+ 16 − x<br />
(D) cos –1 1− 2x<br />
4<br />
2<br />
(S) [– 3/2, 5/2]<br />
(T) None<br />
11. Column-I Column-II<br />
I denotes an integral<br />
(A)<br />
∫ π x log sin x dx (P) I = (π/8) log 2<br />
0<br />
(B)<br />
∫ ∞ 2<br />
log (x+x –1 dx − π<br />
) (Q) I = log 2<br />
0<br />
2<br />
1+<br />
x<br />
2<br />
(C)<br />
∫ π / 4<br />
log (1+ tan x)dx (R) I = π log 2<br />
0<br />
(D)<br />
∫ π log (1 – cos x)dx (S) I = π log 2<br />
0<br />
(T) None<br />
This section contains 8 questions (Questions 12 to 19).<br />
The answer to each of the questions is a SINGLE-<br />
DIGIT INTEGER, ranging from 0 to 9. The<br />
appropriate bubbles below the respective question<br />
numbers in the OMR have to be darkened. For<br />
example, if the correct answers to question numbers X,<br />
Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and 2, respectively, then<br />
the correct darkening of bubbles will look like the<br />
following :<br />
X Y Z W<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
12. Suppose X follows a binomial distribution with<br />
parameters n = 6 and p. If 9P(X = 4) = P(X = 2), find<br />
4p.<br />
13. If Q is the foot of the perpendicular from the point<br />
x − 5 y + z − 6<br />
P(4, –5,3) on the line = = then<br />
3 − 42<br />
5<br />
100 (PQ) 2 is equal to<br />
457<br />
14. If a = (0, 1, –1) and c = (1, 1, 1) are given vectors,<br />
then |b| 2 where b satisfies a × b + c = 0 and a . b = 3<br />
is equal to<br />
15. ABC is an isosceles triangle inscribed in a circle of<br />
radius r. If AB = AC and h is the altitude from A to<br />
BC. If the triangle ABC has perimeter P and area ∆<br />
then lim 512r ∆<br />
h→0<br />
3 is equal to<br />
p<br />
16. If f(x) = sin x, x ≠ n π, n = 0, ± 1, ± 2, .....<br />
= 0 otherwise<br />
and g(x) = x 2 + 1, x ≠ 0, 2<br />
= 4 x = 0<br />
= 5 x = 2<br />
then lim g(f(x)) is .....<br />
x→0<br />
17. If y = (1 + 1/x) x 2 y 2(2)<br />
+ 1/8<br />
then<br />
is equal to<br />
(log 3/ 2 −1/3)<br />
18. If the greatest value of y = x/log x on [e, e 3 ] is u then<br />
e 3 /u is equal to<br />
19. If z ≠ 0 and 2 + cos θ + i sin θ = 3/z, then find the<br />
value of 2(z + z ) – |z| 2 .<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 62 DECEMBER 2009
Based on New Pattern<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 2011<br />
XtraEdge Test Series # 8<br />
Time : 3 Hours<br />
Syllabus :<br />
Physics : Full Syllabus, Chemistry : Full Syllabus, Mathematics : Full syllabus<br />
Instructions :<br />
Section - I<br />
• Question 1 to 4 are multiple choice questions with only one correct answer. +3 marks will be awarded for correct<br />
answer and -1 mark for wrong answer.<br />
• Question 5 to 9 are multiple choice questions with multiple correct answer. +4 marks and -1 mark for wrong answer.<br />
Section - II<br />
• Question 10 to 11 are Column Matching type questions. +8 marks will be awarded for the complete correctly<br />
matched answer and No Negative marks for wrong answer. However, +2 marks will be given for a correctly<br />
marked answer in any row.<br />
Section - III<br />
• Question 12 to 19 are numerical response type questions. +4 marks will be awarded for correct answer and -1 mark<br />
for wrong answer.<br />
PHYSICS<br />
Questions 1 to 4 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which ONLY ONE is correct.<br />
1. Velocity of block 2 shown in figure is -<br />
u<br />
(A)<br />
3u<br />
2<br />
(B)<br />
3u<br />
2<br />
u<br />
1<br />
(C)<br />
60º<br />
3<br />
3u<br />
2<br />
2<br />
(D) 2u<br />
2. Which of the following restoring force can give rise<br />
to S.H.M -<br />
(A) F = 2x<br />
(B) F = 2 – 4x<br />
(C) F = – 2x 2<br />
(D) None of these<br />
3. A disk of mass M and radius R is rotating about its<br />
axis with angular velocity ω. Axis of disk is rotated<br />
by 90º in time ∆t. Average torque acting on disk is -<br />
2<br />
2Mω<br />
(A)<br />
∆t<br />
MR<br />
(C)<br />
2∆ω<br />
2<br />
t<br />
(B)<br />
MR 2 ω<br />
2∆t<br />
(D) Zero<br />
4. Select the incorrect statement -<br />
(A) The velocity of the centre of mass of an isolated<br />
system must stay constant<br />
(B) Only a net external force can change the<br />
velocity of the center of mass of a system<br />
(C) A system have non-zero kinetic energy but zero<br />
linear momentum<br />
(D) F<br />
→ ext<br />
d → v<br />
= m + → v dt<br />
dm is true for all situation<br />
dt<br />
Questions 5 to 9 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct.<br />
5. Velocity of a particle moving on straight line varies<br />
as 2<br />
1 th<br />
power of displacement. Then -<br />
(A) K.E. ∝ S (B) P ∝ S 1/2<br />
(C) a = constant (D) S ∝ t 2<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 63 DECEMBER 2009
6. A block of density ρ is floating in a liquid X kept in<br />
container. A liquid Y of density ρ′ (< ρ) is slowly<br />
poured into container –<br />
(A) The block will move up if liquid X and Y are<br />
immiscible<br />
(B) The block will sink more if liquid X and Y are<br />
immiscible<br />
(C) The block will sink more if liquid X and Y are<br />
miscible<br />
(D) The block will not move if liquid X and Y are<br />
miscible<br />
7. Six identical rod are connected as shown in figure<br />
and temperature difference of 100ºC is maintained<br />
across P and Q –<br />
A<br />
B<br />
C<br />
D<br />
P Q R S T<br />
P<br />
P<br />
P<br />
P<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
S<br />
S<br />
S<br />
S<br />
T<br />
T<br />
T<br />
T<br />
10. There are four identical rod having thermal<br />
resistance 10 Ω, each column I contains various<br />
arrangement of rod. Column II contains current<br />
flowing across point C when a temperature<br />
difference of 100ºC is maintained across A & B.<br />
Match them.<br />
Column-I<br />
Column-II<br />
P A B Q<br />
(A) A<br />
C<br />
B<br />
(P) 2 J/sec<br />
C<br />
(A) Temperature of point 'A' is 50ºC<br />
(B) A<br />
C<br />
B<br />
(Q) 4 J/sec<br />
200<br />
(B) Temperature of point A is ºC<br />
3<br />
(C) Thermal current passing through B is zero<br />
(D) Thermal current passing through A is twice of<br />
that through C<br />
8. A solid iron cylinder A rolls down a ramp and an<br />
identical iron cylinder B slides down the same ramp<br />
without friction –<br />
(A) B reaches the bottom first<br />
(B) A and B have the same kinetic energy<br />
(C) B has greater translational kinetic energy than<br />
that of A<br />
(D) Linear speed of centre of mass of B is greater<br />
than that of A<br />
9. A mass and spring system oscillates with amplitude<br />
A and angular frequency ω –<br />
(A) The average speed during one complete cycle<br />
2Aω<br />
of oscillation is<br />
π<br />
(B) Maximum speed is ωA<br />
(C) Average velocity of particle during one<br />
complete cycle of oscillation is zero<br />
(D) Average acceleration of particle during one<br />
complete cycle of oscillation is zero<br />
This section contains 2 questions (Questions 10 to 11).<br />
Each question contains statements given in two<br />
columns which have to be matched. Statements (A, B,<br />
C, D) in Column I have to be matched with statements<br />
(P, Q, R, S, T) in Column II. The answers to these<br />
questions have to be appropriately bubbled as<br />
illustrated in the following example. If the correct<br />
matches are A-P, A-S, A-T, B-Q, B-R, C-P, C-Q and<br />
D-S, D-T then the correctly bubbled 4 × 5 matrix<br />
should be as follows :<br />
(C) A<br />
(D)<br />
A<br />
C<br />
C<br />
B<br />
B<br />
(R) 6 J/sec<br />
(S) 7<br />
20 J/sec<br />
(T) None<br />
11. A car of mass 500 kg is moving in a circular road<br />
of radius 35 / 3 . Angle of banking of road is<br />
30º. Coefficient of friction between road and tyres<br />
is µ =<br />
1 . Match the following:<br />
2 3<br />
Column-I<br />
Column-II<br />
(A) Maximum speed (in m/s) of (P) 5 2<br />
car for safe turning<br />
(B) Minimum speed (in m/s) of (Q) 12.50<br />
car for safe turning<br />
(C) Speed (in m/s) at which friction (R) 210<br />
force between tyres and road<br />
is zero<br />
(D) Friction force (in 10 2 Newton) (S)<br />
350<br />
3<br />
between tyres and road if<br />
speed is<br />
350 m/s<br />
6<br />
(T) None<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 64 DECEMBER 2009
This section contains 8 questions (Questions 12 to 19).<br />
The answer to each of the questions is a SINGLE-<br />
DIGIT INTEGER, ranging from 0 to 9. The<br />
appropriate bubbles below the respective question<br />
numbe rs in the OMR have to be darkened. For<br />
example, if the correct answers to question numbers X,<br />
Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and 2, respectively, then<br />
the correct darkening of bubbles will look like the<br />
following :<br />
X Y Z W<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
12. Pulley 'P' shown in figure is pulled upward with<br />
F = 2t N, where t is time in sec. Velocity of block<br />
of mass 1 at the time block 2 is about to lift is<br />
(in cm/sec). (Ans. in ................. × 10 1 )<br />
F = 2t<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
14. A longitudinal wave of frequency 220 Hz travels<br />
down a copper rod of radius 8.00 mm. The average<br />
power in the wave is 6.50 µW. The amplitude of the<br />
wave is n × 10 –8 m. Find n.<br />
15. A piston-cylinder device with air at an initial<br />
temperature of 30ºC undergoes an expansion<br />
process for which pressure and volume are related<br />
as given below<br />
P (kPa) 100 25 6.25<br />
V (m 3 ) 0.1 0.2 0.4<br />
The work done by the system is n × 10 3 J. Find n.<br />
16. The block connected with spring is pushed to<br />
compress the spring by 10 cm and then released. All<br />
surfaces are frictionless and collision are elastic.<br />
Time period of the motion in sec (mass of block = 9 kg<br />
and spring constant 4π 2 N/m).<br />
5 cm<br />
17. RMS velocity of gas at 27ºC is 300× 381 m/s.<br />
RMS velocity (in m/s) when temperature is<br />
increased four times is. (Ans. in ................. × 10 2 )<br />
2 1<br />
m 1 = 0.5 kg<br />
m 2 = 1 kg<br />
13. The upper edge of a gate in a dam runs along the<br />
water surface. The gate is 2.00 m high and 4.00 m<br />
wide and is hinged along a horizontal line through<br />
its center. The torque about the hinge arising from<br />
the force due to the water is (n × 10 4 Nm). Find<br />
value of n.<br />
18. A block of mass 2 kg is placed on a wedge of mass<br />
10 kg kept on a horizontal surface. Coefficient of<br />
friction between all surfaces is µ = 0.2. If block is<br />
slipping down the wedge with constant speed then<br />
friction force on wedge due to horizontal surface is<br />
(in Newton) :<br />
19. A particular quantity 'y' varies as 'x' as shown in<br />
figure. RMS value of y with respect to x for large<br />
values of 'x' is.<br />
2 m<br />
y<br />
60º 60º<br />
1 2 3 4<br />
x<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 65 DECEMBER 2009
CHEMISTRY<br />
Questions 1 to 4 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which ONLY ONE is correct.<br />
1. An ideal gaseous mixture of ethane (C 2 H 6 ) and<br />
ethene (C 2 H 4 ) occupies 28 litre at STP. The mixture<br />
reacts completely with 128 gm O 2 to produce CO 2<br />
and H 2 O. Mole fraction of C 2 H 4 in the mixture is -<br />
(A) 0.6 (B) 0.4 (C) 0.5 (D) 0.8<br />
2. A bulb of constant volume is attached to a<br />
manometer tube open at other end as shown in figure.<br />
The manometer is filled with a liquid of density<br />
(1/3 rd ) that of mercury. Initially h was 228 cm.<br />
(C) The first ionization energies of elements in a<br />
period do not increase with the increase in<br />
atomic numbers<br />
(D) For transition elements the d-subshells are filled<br />
with electrons monotonically with the increase<br />
in atomic number<br />
7. Which of the following statements regarding<br />
hydrogen peroxide is/are correct ?<br />
(A) Hydrogen peroxide is a pale blue viscous liquid<br />
(B) Hydrogen peroxide can act as oxidising as well<br />
as reducing agent<br />
(C) The two hydroxyl groups in hydrogen peroxide<br />
lie in the same plane<br />
(D) In the crystalline phase, H 2 O 2 is paramagnetic<br />
8. Which of the following is/are state function ?<br />
(A) q (B) q – w (C) q + w (D) q / w<br />
Gas<br />
h<br />
9. The IUPAC name of the following compound is -<br />
OH<br />
Through a small hole in the bulb gas leaked assuming<br />
dp<br />
pressure decreases as = – kP. dt<br />
If value of h is 114 cm after 14 minutes. What is the<br />
value of k (in hour –1 ) ?<br />
[Use : ln(4/3) = 0.28 and density of Hg = 13.6 g/mL]<br />
(A) 0.6 (B) 1.2<br />
(C) 2.4<br />
(D) None of these<br />
3. When 300 mL of 0.2 M HCl is added to 200 mL of<br />
0.1 M NaOH. Resultant solution require how many<br />
equivalent of Ba(OH) 2 ?<br />
(A) 0.06 (B) 0.12 (C) 0.3 (D) 0.04<br />
4. The dipole moment of HCl is 1.03D, if H–Cl bond<br />
distance is 1.26Å, what is the percentage of ionic<br />
character in the H–Cl bond ?<br />
(A) 60% (B) 29% (C) 17% (D) 39%<br />
Questions 5 to 9 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct.<br />
5. Consider the following carbides CaC 2 , BeC 2 , MgC 2<br />
and SrC 2 which of the given carbides on hydrolysis<br />
yield same product -<br />
(A) CaC 2 (B) Be 2 C (C) MgC 2 (D) SrC 2<br />
6. Which of the following is/are correct regarding the<br />
periodic classification of elements ?<br />
(A) The properties of elements are the periodic<br />
function of their atomic number<br />
(B) Non metals are lesser in number than metals<br />
Br<br />
CN<br />
(A) 3-Bromo-3-cyano phenol<br />
(B) 3-Bromo-5-hydroxy benzonitrile<br />
(C) 3-Cyano-3-hydroxybromo benzene<br />
(D) 5-Bromo-3-hydroxy benzonitrile<br />
This section contains 2 questions (Questions 10 to 11).<br />
Each question contains statements given in two<br />
columns which have to be matched. Statements (A, B,<br />
C, D) in Column I have to be matched with statements<br />
(P, Q, R, S, T) in Column II. The answers to these<br />
questions have to be appropriately bubbled as<br />
illustrated in the following example. If the correct<br />
matches are A-P, A-S, A-T, B-Q, B-R, C-P, C-Q and<br />
D-S, D-T then the correctly bubbled 4 × 5 matrix<br />
should be as follows :<br />
P Q R S T<br />
A<br />
B<br />
C<br />
D<br />
P<br />
P<br />
P<br />
P<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
S<br />
S<br />
S<br />
S<br />
T<br />
T<br />
T<br />
T<br />
10. Column-I Column-II<br />
(A) 5.4 g of Al<br />
(P) 0.5 N A electrons<br />
(B) 1.2 g of Mg 2+ (Q) 15.9994 amu<br />
(C) Exact atomic weight (R) 0.2 mole atoms<br />
of mixture of oxygen<br />
isotopes<br />
(D) 0.9 mL of H 2 O (S) 0.05 moles<br />
(T) 3.1 × 10 23 electrons<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 66 DECEMBER 2009
11. Column-I Column-II<br />
(Ionic species)<br />
(Shapes)<br />
+<br />
(A) XeF 5 (P) Tetrahedral<br />
–<br />
(B) SiF 5 (Q) Square planar<br />
+<br />
(C) AsF 4 (R) Trigonal bipyramidal<br />
–<br />
(D) ICl 4 (S) Square pyramidal<br />
(T) Octahedral<br />
This section contains 8 questions (Questions 12 to 19).<br />
The answer to each of the questions is a SINGLE-<br />
DIGIT INTEGER, ranging from 0 to 9. The<br />
appropriate bubbles below the respective question<br />
numbe rs in the OMR have to be darkened. For<br />
example, if the correct answers to question numbers X,<br />
Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and 2, respectively, then<br />
the correct darkening of bubbles will look like the<br />
following :<br />
X Y Z W<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
12. How much volume (in mL) 0.001 M HCl should we<br />
add to 10 cm 3 of 0.001 M NaOH to change its pH by<br />
one unit ?<br />
13. The stopcock, connecting the two bulbs of volumes<br />
5 litres and 10 litres containing an ideal gas at 9 atm<br />
and 6 atm respectively, is opened. What is the final<br />
presure (in atm) in the two bulbs if the temperature<br />
remained the same ?<br />
14. An acid type indicator, HIn differs in colour from its<br />
conjugate base (In – ). The human eye is sensitive to<br />
colour differences only when the ratio [In – ] / [HIn] is<br />
greater than 10 or smaller than 0.1. What should be<br />
the minimum change in the pH of the solution to<br />
osberve a complete colour change ? (K a = 1.5 × 10 –5 )<br />
15. What is the sum of total electron pairs (b.p. + l.p.)<br />
present in XeF 6 molecule ?<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
16. The number of geometrical isomers of<br />
CH 3 CH=CH–CH=CH–CH=CHCl is.<br />
17. At 200ºC, the velocity of hydrogen molecule is<br />
2.0 × 10 5 cm/sec. In this case the de-Broglie<br />
wavelength (in Å) is about.<br />
18. The equivalent weight of a metal is 4.5 and the<br />
molecular weight of its chloride is 80. The atomic<br />
weight of the metal is.<br />
19. No. of π bond in the compound H 2 CSF 4 is.<br />
MATHEMATICS<br />
Questions 1 to 4 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which ONLY ONE is correct.<br />
1. If 0 < r < s ≤ n and n P r = n P s , then value of r + s is -<br />
(A) 2n – 2 (B) 2n – 1<br />
(C) 2 (D) 1<br />
2. If sin x + sin 2 x + sin 3 x = 1, then cos 6 x – 4 cos 4 x +<br />
8 cos 2 x is equal to -<br />
(A) 0 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 8<br />
3. If x is real, and<br />
2<br />
x − x + 1<br />
k = then<br />
2<br />
x + x + 1<br />
(A) 1/3 ≤ k ≤ 3 (B) k ≥ 5<br />
(C) k ≤ 0<br />
(D) none of these<br />
4. A flagstaff stands in the centre of a rectangular field<br />
whose diagonal is 1200 m, and subtends angles 15º<br />
and 45º at the mid points of the sides of the field. The<br />
height of the flagstaff is -<br />
(A) 200 m (B) 300 2 + 3 m<br />
(C) 300 2 − 3 m (D) 400 m<br />
Questions 5 to 9 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct.<br />
5. If a, b, c are the sides of the ∆ABC and a 2 , b 2 , c 2 are<br />
the roots of x 3 – px 2 + qx – k = 0, then<br />
cos A cos B cosC<br />
p<br />
(A) + + =<br />
a b c 2 k<br />
4q − p<br />
(B) a cos A + b cos B + c cos C =<br />
2 k<br />
2p∆<br />
(C) a sin A + b sin B + c sin C =<br />
k<br />
(D) sin A sin B sin C =<br />
∆<br />
k<br />
8 3<br />
6. The coordinates of the feet of the perpendiculars<br />
from the vertices of a triangle on the opposite sides<br />
are (20, 25), (8, 16) and (8, 9). The coordinates of a<br />
vertex of the triangle are -<br />
(A) (5, 10) (B) (50, –5)<br />
(C) (15, 30) (D) (10, 15)<br />
2<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 67 DECEMBER 2009
⎡1<br />
1 ⎤ ⎡ ⎤<br />
7. Let E = ⎥ + 1 2<br />
⎢ + ⎢ + ⎥ + ... upto 50 terms, then -<br />
⎣3<br />
50 ⎦ ⎣3<br />
50 ⎦<br />
(A) E is divisible by exactly 2 primes<br />
(B) E is prime<br />
(C) E ≥ 30<br />
(D) E ≤ 35<br />
8. If m is a positive integer, then [( 3 + 1) ] + 1,<br />
where [x] denotes greatest integer ≤ n, is divisible<br />
by-<br />
(A) 2 m (B) 2 m+1 (C) 2 m+2 (D) 2 2m<br />
9. If A and B are acute angles such that sin A = sin 2 B,<br />
2 cos 2 A = 3 cos 2 B; then -<br />
(A) A = π/6 (B) A = π/2<br />
(C) B = π/4 (D) B = π/3<br />
This section contains 2 questions (Questions 10 to 11).<br />
Each question contains statements given in two<br />
columns which have to be matched. Statements (A, B,<br />
C, D) in Column I have to be matched with statements<br />
(P, Q, R, S, T) in Column II. The answers to these<br />
questions have to be appropriately bubbled as<br />
illustrated in the following example. If the correct<br />
matches are A-P, A-S, A-T, B-Q, B-R, C-P, C-Q and<br />
D-S, D-T then the correctly bubbled 4 × 5 matrix<br />
should be as follows :<br />
P Q R S T<br />
A<br />
B<br />
C<br />
D<br />
P<br />
P<br />
P<br />
P<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
S<br />
S<br />
S<br />
S<br />
T<br />
T<br />
T<br />
T<br />
10. For the circle x 2 + y 2 + 4x + 6y – 19 = 0<br />
Column-I<br />
Column-II<br />
72 226<br />
(A) Length of the tangent (P)<br />
113<br />
from (6, 4) to the circle<br />
(B) Length of the chord (Q) 113<br />
of contact from (6, 4)<br />
to the circle<br />
(C) Distance of (6, 4) (R) 113 – 32<br />
from the centre of the<br />
circle<br />
(D) Shortest distance of (S) 9<br />
(6, 4) from the circle<br />
(T) None<br />
11. Value of x when<br />
Column-I<br />
Column-II<br />
(A) 5 2 5 4 5 6 ... 5 2x = (0.04) –28 (P) 3 log 3 5<br />
⎛ 1 1 1 ⎞<br />
(B) x 2 log 5 ⎜ + + + ... ⎟<br />
=<br />
⎝ 4 8 16<br />
( 0.2)<br />
⎠<br />
(Q) 4<br />
⎛ 1 1 1<br />
log<br />
⎞<br />
2.5 ⎜ + + + ... ⎟<br />
⎝ 3 2 3<br />
3 3 ⎠<br />
(C) x = ( 0.16)<br />
(R) 2<br />
2m<br />
(D) 3 x–1 + 3 x–2 + 3 x–3 + ... (S) 7<br />
⎛ 2 1 1 ⎞<br />
= 2 ⎜5<br />
+ 5 + 1+<br />
+ + ... ⎟<br />
⎝ 5<br />
2<br />
5 ⎠<br />
(T) None<br />
This section contains 8 questions (Questions 12 to 19).<br />
The answer to each of the questions is a SINGLE-<br />
DIGIT INTEGER, ranging from 0 to 9. The<br />
appropriate bubbles below the respective question<br />
numbers in the OMR have to be darkened. For<br />
example, if the correct answers to question numbers X,<br />
Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and 2, respectively, then<br />
the correct darkening of bubbles will look like the<br />
following :<br />
X Y Z W<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
12. Fifteen persons, among whom are A and B, sit down at<br />
random at a round table. if p is The probability that<br />
there are exactly 4 persons between A and B find 14 p.<br />
13. If l is the length of the intercept made by a common<br />
tangent to the circle x 2 + y 2 = 16 and the ellipse<br />
x 2 /25 + y 2 /4 = 1, on the coordinate axes, then<br />
81l<br />
2 + 3<br />
is equal to<br />
1059<br />
14. If x + y = k is a normal to the parabola y 2 = 12x, p is<br />
the length of the perpendicular from the focus of the<br />
3k<br />
3 2<br />
+ 2p<br />
parabola on this normal; then<br />
is equal to<br />
741<br />
15. The volume of the tetrahedron whose vertices are<br />
(0, 1, 2) (3, 0, 1) (4, 3, 6) (2, 3, 2) is equal to<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
16. Let a 1 = 2<br />
1 , ak+1 = a k 2 + a k ∀ k ≥ 1 and<br />
1 1 1<br />
x n = + + ... +<br />
a1 + 1 a 2 + 1 a n + 1<br />
Find [x 100 ] where [x] denotes the greatest integer ≤ x.<br />
17. Find the value of x which satisfy the equation<br />
log 2 (x 2 – 3) – log 2 (6x – 10) + 1 = 0<br />
18. Find the coefficient of x 2009 in the expansion of<br />
(1 – x) 2008 (1 + x + x 2 ) 2007<br />
1/ log x<br />
2<br />
19. Find the value of x satisfying 4 = 2.<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 68 DECEMBER 2009
MOCK TEST PAPER-1<br />
CBSE BOARD PATTERN<br />
CLASS # XII<br />
SUBJECT : PHYSICS , CHEMISTRY & MATHEMATICS<br />
Solutions will be published in next issue<br />
General Instructions : Physics & Chemistry<br />
• Time given for each subject paper is 3 hrs and Max. marks 70 for each.<br />
• All questions are compulsory.<br />
• Marks for each question are indicated against it.<br />
• Question numbers 1 to 8 are very short-answer questions and carrying 1 mark each.<br />
• Question numbers 9 to 18 are short-answer questions, and carry 2 marks each.<br />
• Question numbers 19 to 27 are also short-answer questions, and carry 3 marks each.<br />
• Question numbers 28 to 30 are long-answer questions and carry 5 marks each.<br />
• Use of calculators is not permitted.<br />
General Instructions : Mathematics<br />
• Time given to solve this subject paper is 3 hrs and Max. marks 100.<br />
• All questions are compulsory.<br />
• The question paper consists of 29 questions divided into three sections A, B and C.<br />
Section A comprises of 10 questions of one mark each.<br />
Section B comprises of 12 questions of four marks each.<br />
Section C comprises of 7 questions of six marks each.<br />
• All question in Section A are to be answered in one word, one sentence or as per the exact requirement of the question.<br />
• There is no overall choice. However, internal choice has been provided in 4 questions of four marks each and<br />
2 question of six marks each. You have to attempt only one of the alternatives in all such questions.<br />
• Use of calculators is not permitted.<br />
PHYSICS<br />
1. q =<br />
q 0<br />
is valid or not, q is the charge on<br />
2<br />
v<br />
1−<br />
2<br />
c<br />
particle when it is moving with velocity v, q 0 is the<br />
rest charge and c is the velocity of light .<br />
2. A concave mirror is dipped inside the liquid of<br />
absolute refractive index 1.25. What will be the<br />
percentage change in its focal length.<br />
7. If nuclear density d ∝ A n , where A is the atomic<br />
number then write the value of n.<br />
8. Why standard resistors are made of alloys.<br />
9. Name the quantities whose SI units are given below :<br />
1. V – m 2. C-m<br />
out of the two also name the vector quantity.<br />
10. A transistor is shown in figure.<br />
3. Write the name of a compound semiconductor.<br />
4. If one of the slit get closed in Young's Double slit<br />
experiment then fringe pattern will be observed or<br />
not on the screen.<br />
5. Write one of the use of Zener Diode.<br />
6. Name the experiment which proves the Dual Nature<br />
of electron.<br />
+2V<br />
+1V +3V<br />
(i) Name the type of transistor<br />
. (ii) Is the transistor is properly biased.<br />
11. A time variant current is given -<br />
i(t) = 1 + 3 2 sin (314 t + 30º)<br />
Find its root mean square value.<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 69 DECEMBER 2009
12. A metallic conductor of non-uniform cross-sectional<br />
area is shown in figure.<br />
i<br />
a<br />
p 1 p 2 p 3<br />
(i) Out of p 1 , p 2 , and p 3 at which point the drift speed<br />
of the electron is maximum.<br />
(ii) Out of p 1 , p 2 and p 3 at which point the current<br />
density is minimum.<br />
13. Stopping potential versus freq. of the incident light<br />
graph is shown in figure for metal-1 and metal-2<br />
metal-1 metal-2<br />
V 0<br />
θ 1<br />
(i) Which metal will have the higher value of<br />
threshold wavelength.<br />
(ii) Is θ 1 = θ 2 if yes then why ?<br />
14. Draw the circuit diagram for finding the internal<br />
resistance of the cell using potentiometer.<br />
15. (i) Define angle of Dip.<br />
(ii) What is the value of angle of Dip at a place on<br />
earth where Horizontal component and vertical<br />
component of earth magnetic field are equal.<br />
16. (i) State Kirchhoff's current law.<br />
(ii) Find the potential difference across the 2 ohm<br />
resistance for the given circuit diagram.<br />
4A 1Ω 2Ω<br />
θ 2<br />
b<br />
υ<br />
18. (i) Write the order of colors in secondary rainbow.<br />
(ii) Why sun appears reddish at the time of sunrise<br />
and sunset.<br />
19. The charges on the capacitors are Q a , Q b and Q c then<br />
calculate -<br />
1µF<br />
Q a<br />
12µF<br />
30V<br />
Q b<br />
Q c<br />
key-K<br />
3µF<br />
(i) Ratio of energy stored in 1 µF and 3 µF capacitor.<br />
(ii) Potential difference across 12 µF capacitor<br />
(iii) Energy supplied by the battery.<br />
20. (i) A uniform magnetic field of 0.5 T exist in the<br />
given solenoid. If an electron is projected along the<br />
axis of solenoid from a towards b with the speed of<br />
3 × 10 2 m/s then find the Lorentz force working on<br />
electron.<br />
i<br />
a<br />
(ii) When the current flows through the metallic<br />
spring why it get shrinked.<br />
21. (i) For the given circuit diagram find the position of<br />
the null point.<br />
5Ω 10 Ω<br />
b<br />
3Ω<br />
A<br />
B<br />
1A<br />
G<br />
100 cm<br />
17. (i) State Lenz's law.<br />
(ii) If the current i increases then what will be the<br />
direction of induced current in the circular coil for the<br />
given figure.<br />
V bb<br />
R h<br />
Key-k<br />
Rheostat<br />
(ii) For the given figure draw truth table.<br />
A<br />
i<br />
b<br />
B<br />
Y<br />
a<br />
a >> b<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 70 DECEMBER 2009
22. (i) State Brewster's law for polarization .<br />
(ii) If the Brewster's angle for the given pair of<br />
medium is i p then express the critical angle for the<br />
same pair of media in terms of i p .<br />
(iii) If the lens is made of medium-2 and placed in<br />
medium-1. If the absolute refractive Index of<br />
medium-2 is µ 2 and of medium-1 is µ 1 then µ 2 > µ 1 .<br />
Is it correct or not.<br />
(iii) Where to put the proton that it will have<br />
maximum force on it.<br />
27. For the given configuration find the -<br />
–2q<br />
2a<br />
2a<br />
Incident rays<br />
Medium-1<br />
Refracted rays<br />
Medium -2<br />
Medium-1<br />
+q<br />
+q<br />
2a<br />
(i) Dipole moment of the system.<br />
(ii) Electric potential energy of the system.<br />
23. What is the need of Modulation in communication<br />
system. Draw the shapes of signal, carrier wave and<br />
amplitude Modulated wave.<br />
24. How a Galvanometer can be converted into Ammeter<br />
explain it by drawing the circuit diagram.<br />
⎛ i ⎞<br />
Prove that S = ⎜<br />
g<br />
⎟ G<br />
⎝ i − i g ⎠<br />
G = Resistance of Galvanometer coil<br />
S = value of shunt<br />
i g = Full scale deflection current for Galvanometer<br />
i = Range of Ammeter.<br />
25. (i) Find the equivalent resistance between A and B<br />
for given fig.<br />
R<br />
A<br />
R<br />
R R<br />
R<br />
R R B<br />
(ii) α is the symbol for the temperature coefficient of<br />
resistivity for the given material. If α → 0 then the<br />
material will be copper or constantan ?<br />
26. (i) What is the angle between electric field line and<br />
equi-potential surface.<br />
(ii) If E a , E b and E c are the electric field intensities at<br />
points a, b and c respectively, where to put a proton<br />
that it will have the maximum electric potential<br />
energy.<br />
a<br />
b<br />
c<br />
28. Draw the circuit diagram for common emitter<br />
transistor amplifier. Explain its working. What is the<br />
phase difference between input and output voltage in<br />
case of common emitter transistor amplifier.<br />
29. Explain construction and working of cyclotron. Why<br />
cyclotron can not be used to accelerate the electrons.<br />
30. State Ampere's circuital law. Using Ampere's<br />
circuital law find the magnetic field at the axis of the<br />
long solenoid.<br />
CHEMISTRY<br />
1. Give the IUPAC name of the organic compound<br />
(CH 3 ) 2 C = CH – C – CH 3 .<br />
||<br />
O<br />
2. Complete the following reaction :<br />
CH 3 – CH 2 – CH = CH 2 + HCl → …..<br />
3. State a use for the enzyme streptokinase in medicine.<br />
4. What is copolymerization ?<br />
5. Which type of a metal can be used in cathodic<br />
protection of iron against rusting ?<br />
6. Why is the bond dissociation energy of fluorine<br />
molecule less than that of chlorine molecule ?<br />
7. What is meant by inversion of sugar ?<br />
8. What are the types of lattice imperfections found in<br />
crystals ?<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 71 DECEMBER 2009
9. Describe the mechanism of the formation of diethyl<br />
ether from ethanol in the presence of concentrated<br />
sulphuric acid.<br />
10. Predict, giving reasons, the order of basicity of the<br />
following compounds in (i) gaseous phase and (ii) in<br />
aqueous solutions (CH 3 ) 3 N, (CH 3 ) 2 NH, CH 3 NH 2 ,<br />
NH 3 .<br />
11. Write names of monomer/s of the following polymers<br />
and classify them as addition or condensation<br />
polymers.<br />
(i) Teflon<br />
(ii) Bakelite<br />
(iii) Natural Rubber<br />
12. Give an example for each of the following reactions :<br />
(i) Kolbe’s reaction.<br />
(ii) Reimer-Tiemann reaction.<br />
13. Write one distinction test each for :<br />
(i) Ethyl alcohol and 2–propanol<br />
(ii) Acetaldeyde and acetone<br />
14. Distinguish between multimolecular and<br />
macromolecular colloids. Give one example of each<br />
type.<br />
15. Draw the structure of pyrophosphoric acid and how it<br />
is prepared.<br />
16. If E° for copper electrode is +0.34 V how will you<br />
calculate its emf value when the solution in contact<br />
with it is 0.1 M in copper ions ? How does emf for<br />
copper electrode change when concentration of Cu 2+<br />
ions in the solution is decreased ?<br />
17. Physical and chemical adsorptions respond<br />
differently to a rise in temperature. What is this<br />
difference and why is it so ?<br />
18. Using the valence bond approach, predict the shape<br />
and magnetic character of [Ni (CO) 4 ].<br />
(At No. of Ni = 28).<br />
19. Describe the following giving a chemical equation<br />
for each :<br />
(i) Markownikoff’s rule<br />
(ii) Hofmann Bromide Reaction<br />
20 (a) Write chemical equations and reaction conditions<br />
for the conversion of :<br />
(i) Ethene to ethanol<br />
(ii) Phenol to phenyl ethanoate<br />
(iii) Ethanal to 2-propanol<br />
21. Identify the substances A and B in each of the<br />
following sequences of reactions :<br />
(i) C 2 H 5 Br<br />
⎯<br />
alc ⎯<br />
. KOH<br />
Br<br />
⎯⎯<br />
→ A ⎯⎯→<br />
2 B<br />
NaNO2 HCl<br />
(ii) NH + Cu2 (CN)<br />
2<br />
⎯ 2<br />
⎯⎯⎯⎯→ A⎯ ⎯⎯ ⎯⎯ → B<br />
0ºC<br />
(iii) NH H 2 SO 4<br />
2<br />
⎯ ⎯⎯<br />
→ A<br />
Heat<br />
⎯ ⎯→ ⎯ B<br />
22. Give the electronic configuration of the<br />
(a) d-orbitals of Ti in [Ti (H 2 O) 6 ] 3– ion in an<br />
octahedral crystal field.<br />
(b) Why is this complex coloured ? Explain on the<br />
basis of distribution of electrons in the d-orbitals.<br />
23. State reasons for the following :<br />
(a) Rusting of iron is said to be an electrochemical<br />
phenomenon.<br />
(b) For a weak electrolyte, its molar conductance in<br />
dilute solutions increases sharply as its concentration<br />
in solution is decreased.<br />
24. Using the valence bond approach predict the shape<br />
and magnetic character of [Co (NH 3 ) 6 ] 3+ . (Atomic<br />
number of Co is 27).<br />
25. Explain the following :<br />
(a) F-centre<br />
(b) Schottky & Frenkel defect<br />
26. Account for the following :<br />
(i) Ferric hydroxide sol is positively charged.<br />
(ii) The extent of physical adsorption decreases with<br />
rise in temperature.<br />
(iii) A delta is formed at the point where the river<br />
enters the sea.<br />
27. Taking two examples of heterogeneous catalytic<br />
reactions, explain how a heterogeneous catalyst helps<br />
in the reaction.<br />
28. (a) An organic compound ‘A’ with molecular<br />
formula C 5 H 8 O 2 is reduced to n-pentane on treatment<br />
with Zn-Hg/HCl. ‘A’ forms a dioxime with<br />
hydroxylamine and gives a positive lodoform test and<br />
Tollen’s test. Identify the compound A and deduce<br />
its structure.<br />
(b) Write the chemical equations for the following<br />
conversions : (not more than 2 steps)<br />
(i) Ethyl benzene to benzene<br />
(ii) Acetaldehyde to butane – 1, 3–diol<br />
(iii) Acetone to propene<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 72 DECEMBER 2009
29. Describe how potassium dichromate is made from<br />
chromite ore and give the equations for the chemical<br />
reactions involved.<br />
Write balanced ionic equations for reacting ions to<br />
represent the action of acidified potassium<br />
dichromate solution on :<br />
(i) Potassium iodide solution<br />
(ii) Acidified ferrous sulphate solution<br />
Write two uses of potassium dichromate.<br />
30. Give appropriate reasons for each of the following<br />
observations :<br />
(i) Sulphur vapour exhibits some paramagnetic<br />
behaviour.<br />
(ii) Silicon has no allotropic form analogous to<br />
graphite.<br />
(iii) Of the noble gases only xenon is known to form<br />
real chemical compounds.<br />
(iv) Nitrogen shows only a little tendency for<br />
catenation, whereas phosphorus shows a clear<br />
tendency for catenation.<br />
MATHEMATICS<br />
Section A<br />
1. Show that the relation R in the set {1, 2, 3} is given<br />
by R = {(1, 2), (2, 1)} is symmetric.<br />
−1<br />
2. Evaluate : x.tan x dx.<br />
∫<br />
3. Find the differential equation of the family of curves<br />
given by- x 2 + y 2 = 2ax.<br />
→<br />
→<br />
8. If a = î + ĵ ; b = ĵ+<br />
kˆ ; c = kˆ + î find a unit vector<br />
in the direction of<br />
→<br />
→<br />
→<br />
→<br />
a + b+<br />
c .<br />
9. What is the angle between vector → aand<br />
magnitude 3 and 2 respectively.<br />
→<br />
bwith<br />
10. Find the direction cosines of a line which make equal<br />
angles with the co ordinate axes.<br />
Section B<br />
11. Consider f : N → N, g : N → N and h : N → R<br />
defined as f (x) = 2x, g (y) = 3y + 4 and h (z) = sin<br />
z ∀ x, y and z in N. Show the ho(gof) = (hog)of.<br />
12. Differentiate cot –1 ⎛1−<br />
x ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟ w.r.t. x.<br />
⎝1+<br />
x ⎠<br />
13. Solve the differential equations :<br />
(1 + e 2x ) dy + e x (1 + y 2 ) dx = 0. Give that y = 1,<br />
when x = 0.<br />
or<br />
dy<br />
Solve the differential equation : x − y − 2x<br />
3 = 0<br />
dx<br />
π<br />
14. Evaluate :<br />
∫<br />
/ 4<br />
0<br />
or<br />
sin<br />
π / 4<br />
+<br />
Evaluate :<br />
∫<br />
log( 1<br />
0<br />
2x sin 3x<br />
dx.<br />
tan x)dx<br />
4. Find the principle value of tan –1 (–1).<br />
5. Find a matrix C such that 2A – B + C = 0<br />
⎡3<br />
1⎤<br />
⎡− 2 1⎤<br />
Where A = ⎢ ⎥ and B =<br />
⎣0<br />
2<br />
⎢ ⎥ ⎦ ⎣ 0 3 ⎦<br />
6. If A is a square matrix of order 3 such that<br />
| adj A | = 64, find | A |.<br />
7. Find the value of x if the matrix A =<br />
singular.<br />
⎡ 4<br />
⎢<br />
⎢<br />
3<br />
⎢⎣<br />
10<br />
3<br />
− 2<br />
−1<br />
5⎤<br />
7<br />
⎥<br />
⎥<br />
x⎥⎦<br />
is<br />
3x + 1<br />
15. Evaluate :<br />
∫<br />
dx .<br />
2<br />
2x − 2x + 3<br />
16. If x = a (θ – sin θ) and y = a (1 – cos θ),<br />
find<br />
d<br />
2<br />
dx<br />
y<br />
2<br />
at θ<br />
= 2<br />
π .<br />
17. Find the value of K so that the function,<br />
⎧Kx<br />
+ 1, if x ≤ π<br />
f (x) = ⎨<br />
⎩cos x , if x > π<br />
or<br />
⎪⎧<br />
3<br />
x + 3, if x ≠ 0<br />
Show that the function f (x) = ⎨<br />
⎪⎩ 1 , if x = 0<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 73 DECEMBER 2009
18. Solve for x :<br />
x < 1.<br />
19. If A =<br />
⎡4<br />
⎢<br />
⎢<br />
1<br />
⎢⎣<br />
2<br />
tan<br />
− 5<br />
− 3<br />
3<br />
⎛ x −1<br />
⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟ + tan<br />
⎝ x − 2 ⎠<br />
⎛ x + 1 ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟ = ;<br />
⎝ x + 2 ⎠ 4<br />
−1 −1<br />
π<br />
−11⎤<br />
1<br />
⎥<br />
⎥<br />
find A –1<br />
− 7 ⎥⎦<br />
or<br />
Using the properties of determinates prove that -<br />
a + x y z<br />
x<br />
x<br />
a + y<br />
y<br />
2<br />
z = a (a + x + y + z)<br />
a + z<br />
20. Find the distance of the point (2, 3, 4) from the plane<br />
3x + 2y + 2z + 5 = 0, measured parallel to the line<br />
x + 3 y − 2 z<br />
= =<br />
3 6 2<br />
21. If<br />
→<br />
a and<br />
→<br />
b are unit vectors and θ is the angle<br />
between them, then prove that cos<br />
θ 1 =<br />
2 2<br />
→<br />
+<br />
→<br />
22. A football match may be either won, drawn or lost by<br />
the host country team. So there are three ways of<br />
forecasting the result of any one match, one correct<br />
and two incorrect. Find the probability of forecasting<br />
at least three correct results for four matches.<br />
or<br />
A candidate has to reach the examination centre in<br />
time. Probabilities of him going by bus or scooter or<br />
3 1 3<br />
by other means of transport are , ,<br />
10 10 5<br />
respectively. The probability that he will be late is<br />
1 1 and respectively, if he travels by bus or scooter.<br />
4 3<br />
But he reaches in time if he uses any other mode of<br />
transport. He reached late at the center. Find the<br />
probability that he traveled by bus.<br />
π/<br />
2<br />
Section C<br />
cos x<br />
23. Evaluate :<br />
∫<br />
dx<br />
(1 + sin x)(2 + sin x)<br />
0<br />
a<br />
b<br />
24. Using integration, find the area of the circle<br />
x 2 +y 2 = 16, which is exterior to the parabola y 2 = 6x.<br />
or<br />
Find the area of the smaller region bounded by the<br />
2 2<br />
x y<br />
x y<br />
ellipse + = 1 and the line + = 1.<br />
2 2<br />
a b<br />
a b<br />
25. Show that a right circular cylinder which is open at<br />
the top, and has a given surface area, will have the<br />
greatest volume if its height is equal to the radius of<br />
its base.<br />
⎡1<br />
−1<br />
1 ⎤<br />
26. For A =<br />
⎢ ⎥<br />
⎢<br />
2 1 − 3<br />
⎥<br />
, find A –1 and hence solve the<br />
⎢⎣<br />
1 1 1 ⎥⎦<br />
system of equations.<br />
x + 2y + z = 4<br />
– x + y + z = 0<br />
x – 3y + z = 2<br />
27. A letter is known to have come from either<br />
TATANAGAR or CALCUTTA. On the envelope<br />
just two consecutive letters TA are visible. What is<br />
the probability that the letter has come from-<br />
(i) TataNagar<br />
(ii) Calcutta<br />
or<br />
Find the probability distribution of the number of<br />
white balls drawn in a random draw of 3 balls<br />
without replacement from a bag containing 4 white<br />
and 6 red balls. Also find mean and variance of the<br />
distribution.<br />
28. Find the distance of the point (3, 4, 5) from the plane<br />
x + y + z = 2 measured parallel to the line 2x = y = z.<br />
29. Every gram of wheat provides 0.1 gm of proteins and<br />
0.25 gm of carbohydrates. The corresponding values<br />
for rice are 0.05 gm and 0.5 gm respectively. Wheat<br />
costs Rs. 4 per kg and rice Rs. 6 per kg. The<br />
minimum daily requirements of protein and<br />
carbohydrates for an average child are 50 gms and<br />
200 gms respectively. In what quantities should<br />
wheat and rice be mixed in the daily diet to provide<br />
minimum daily requirements of proteins and<br />
carbohydrates at minimum cost. Frame an L.P.P. and<br />
solve it graphically.<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 74 DECEMBER 2009
XtraEdge Test Series<br />
ANSWER KEY<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>- <strong>JEE</strong> <strong>2010</strong> (December issue)<br />
PHYSICS<br />
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9<br />
Ans B A B C A,B C,D A,B,D B,C A,B,C,D<br />
Ques 10 A → P,Q,R,S B → Q,P,Q,R C → P,Q,R,S D → P,Q,R,S<br />
Ques 11 A → Q B → R C → P D → S<br />
Ques 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19<br />
Ans 3 2 5 2 6 2 1 1<br />
CHEMISTRY<br />
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9<br />
Ans D D D C D A,B,C B A,B,D B,C,D<br />
Ques 10 A → R B → Q,T C → P D → S<br />
Ques 11 A → Q,S B → R,S C → P,Q,T D → R,S<br />
Ques 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19<br />
Ans 1 2 2 0 2 9 0 6<br />
MATHEMATICS<br />
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9<br />
Ans B C C C A,B,D A,C A,B,C,D A,D D<br />
Ques 10 A → Q B → R C → P D → S<br />
Ques 11 A → Q B → S C → P D → R<br />
Ques 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19<br />
Ans 1 4 6 4 1 3 3 3<br />
<strong>IIT</strong>- <strong>JEE</strong> 2011 (December issue)<br />
PHYSICS<br />
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9<br />
Ans D B C D A,B,C,D A,C A,C,D A,B,C,D A,B,C,D<br />
Ques 10 A → Q B → S C → R D → P<br />
Ques 11 A → R B → P C → S D → Q<br />
Ques 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19<br />
Ans 2 3 3 5 2 3 0 1<br />
CHEMISTRY<br />
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9<br />
Ans A B D C A,C,D A,B,D A,B,D C D<br />
Ques 10 A → R B → P,S,T C → Q D → P,T<br />
Ques 11 A → S B → R C → P D → Q<br />
Ques 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19<br />
Ans 1 7 2 7 8 1 9 1<br />
MATHEMATICS<br />
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9<br />
Ans B C A C A,B,C,D A,B,C B,D A,B A,C<br />
Ques 10 A → S B → P C → Q D → R<br />
Ques 11 A → S B → R C → Q D → P<br />
Ques 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19<br />
Ans 2 5 3 6 1 2 0 4<br />
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 75 DECEMBER 2009
XtraEdge for <strong>IIT</strong>-<strong>JEE</strong> 76 DECEMBER 2009